PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1654
EXTRAORDINARY
Published by Authority
CHANDIGARH, MONDAY, DECEMBER 15, 2025
(AGRAHAYANA 24, 1947 SAKA)
LEGISLATIVE SUPPLEMENT
Contents
Pages
Part - I
Acts
Nil
Part - II
Ordinances
Nil
Part - III
Delegated Legislation
Notification No.G.S.R.195 /P.A.11/1995/
Ss.180 and 43/P.A.3/1911/S.240/P.A.42/
1976/S.262/P.A.4/1922/S.73/2025 dated
15.12.2025 containing the Punjab Unified
Building Rules, 2025.
Part - IV
Correction Slips, Republications and
Replacements
Nil
(
i )
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ.(EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025
(AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1654
cxcvi
1655-1853
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1655
Table of Contents
PART-I PRELIMINARY ......................................................................................................................................1661
1.
SHORT TITLES AND COMMENCEMENT.- .......................................................................................................1661
2.
APPLICATION.- ............................................................................................................................................1661
3.
DEFINITIONS.- .............................................................................................................................................1662
PART-II PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN, COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................1676
4.
ERECTION OR RE-ERECTION WITHOUT PERMISSION.-...................................................................................1676
5.
DESIGN AND SUPERVISION.- ........................................................................................................................1676
6.
APPLICATION TO ERECT OR RE-ERECT HIGH-RISE (WITHOUT SELF-CERTIFICATION).- ................................1676
(1)
Submission of Application .....................................................................................................................1676
(2)Size of drawing sheets and colouring of
plan……………………………………………………………………..1677
(3)
Site Plans ...............................................................................................................................................1677
(4)
The Building plans, sections and elevations ..........................................................................................1678
(5)
Single-line diagram plan for Low Rise Buildings,.................................................................................1678
7.
PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION THROUGH SELF-CERTIFICATION.- .....................................1678
(I) UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT.- .........................1678
(1)
Self-certification by the empanelled architects......................................................................................1678
(2)
Low-rise buildings exclusively under the self-certification scheme ......................................................1678
(3)
Procedure ..............................................................................................................................................1678
(4)
Right to Inspect ......................................................................................................................................1680
(5)
Work is commenced in contravention ....................................................................................................1680
(II) UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT. .........................................................1681
(1)
Self-certification by empanelled Architects/ Engineers/ Designers / Supervisors: .............................1681
(2)
Procedure ..............................................................................................................................................1681
8.
STANDARD DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURAL CONTROLS.-...............................................................................1683
9.
PREPARATION OF BUILDING PLANS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.- .....................................................1683
10.
SCOPE OF SCRUTINY OF BUILDING PLANS BY THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY. - ..........................................1683
(1)
The building plans received under the self-certification .......................................................................1683
(2)
Building plans, other than those submitted under the self-certification scheme, .................................1683
(3)
Key aspects for scrutiny .........................................................................................................................1684
11.
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE.- .......................................................................................................................1684
(1)
Notice of Completion .............................................................................................................................1684
(2)
Examination ...........................................................................................................................................1685
(3) Criteria for Grant of ‘Partial Completion Certificate...............................................................................1685
Table 1: Minimum Built up area (FAR area) for industrial buildings ......................................................................... 1686
(4)
Eligibility for Completion Certificate ....................................................................................................1686
(5)
Receipt of the notice of completion ........................................................................................................1687
(6)
Issuance of Completion Certificate to low-rise buildings......................................................................1688
(7)
Consequences in case of concealing of facts or misrepersentation ......................................................1688
12.
OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.- .......................................................................................................................1689
(1)
Application for obtaining occupation certificate ...................................................................................1689
(2)
Receipt of application ............................................................................................................................1689
(3)
Revocation of occupation certificate .....................................................................................................1689
PART III ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL ........................................................................................................1690
13.
POWER OF THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY TO SANCTION OR REFUSE ERECTION OR RE-ERECTION.- .............1690
14.
PRESUMPTION OF SANCTION.- .....................................................................................................................1690
15.
VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION.- ................................................................................................................1690
(1)
Validity of Prior Approvals.- .................................................................................................................1691
(2)
Ongoing or Partially Commenced Projects. - .......................................................................................1691
(3)
Projects Not Commenced.- ....................................................................................................................1691
(4)
Pending Applications.- ..........................................................................................................................1691
16.
SUBMISSION OF REVISED BUILDING PLANS IN CASE OF MAJOR ALTERATIONS.- ...........................................1691
17.
REVOCATION OF SANCTION.- ......................................................................................................................1692
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1656
18.
MAINTENANCE OF RECORD.- ...................................................................................................................... 1692
19.
DAMP PROOF COURSE CERTIFICATE.- ......................................................................................................... 1692
PART IV PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL
CONTROLS……………………………………………………………….1693
A.
FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN
DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................................................................. 1693
20.
COMPLIANCE OF ZONING PLAN OR STANDARD DESIGN OR ARCHITECTURAL CONTROL SHEETS AND
MASTER PLAN OR ZONAL PLAN. – ......................................................................................................................... 1693
21.
COMPLIANCE TO SPECIAL AREA DEVELOPMENT AND CONTROL AS PER MASTER PLAN OR ZONAL PLAN.- 1693
22.
RESIDENTIAL.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1693
Table 2: Residential Plots or Villas falling in approved Layout Plan; ........................................................................ 1693
Table 3: Economical Weaker Section Residential Plots falling in approved Layout Plan; ......................................... 1696
Table 4: Group Housing or Studio Apartment ............................................................................................................ 1697
Table 5: Affordable Group Housing ........................................................................................................................... 1699
Table 6: Economical Weaker Section (EWS) Group Housing .................................................................................... 1700
Table 7: Rental Housing or Hostel .............................................................................................................................. 1702
Table 8: Farm House ................................................................................................................................................... 1704
(2)
Other general control for residential building ..................................................................................... 1705
23.
COMMERCIAL.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1706
Table 9: Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping Plotted within approved layout plan. ........................... 1706
Table 10: Commercials such as Shopping Mall or Shopping Complex or a Building primarily used for Display and
Sale of Merchandise or any similar purpose ............................................................................................................... 1709
Table 11: Miniplex ...................................................................................................................................................... 1710
Table 12: Multiplex ..................................................................................................................................................... 1712
Table 13: Hotel or Motel ............................................................................................................................................. 1713
Table 14: Mix Land Use Project ................................................................................................................................. 1715
Table 15: Club ............................................................................................................................................................ 1716
Table 16: Guest House or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments or Dharamshala or Sarai.............................. 1717
Table 17: Dhaba .......................................................................................................................................................... 1718
Table 18: Wholesale Trade or Integrated Freight complex (Standalone) .................................................................... 1719
Table 19: Warehouse or Godown (Standalone) .......................................................................................................... 1720
(2)
Other general control for commercial building.- ................................................................................. 1721
24.
INDUSTRY.- ................................................................................................................................................ 1721
Table 20: Low Rise Industry (Plotted Industry) .......................................................................................................... 1721
Table 21: High Rise Industry ...................................................................................................................................... 1723
(2)
Other controls for Industrial Buildings ................................................................................................ 1724
25.
EDUCATIONAL.- ......................................................................................................................................... 1724
Table 22: Pre Nursery or Nursery School or Crèche ................................................................................................... 1724
Table 23: Primary School (class 1 to 5) ...................................................................................................................... 1725
Table 24: High and/or Senior secondary school or College or Educational Institute or Universities. ......................... 1726
(2)
Other controls for Educational Building(s) .......................................................................................... 1728
26.
INSTITUTIONAL. - ....................................................................................................................................... 1728
Table 25: Hospital or Nursing Home or Dispensary or Medical Laboratory .............................................................. 1728
Table 26: Orphanage Home or Old Age Home or Children's Centre / Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally
challenged and/or Physically Handicapped Person ..................................................................................................... 1729
27.
PUBLIC BUILDINGS. - ................................................................................................................................. 1730
Table 27: Community Centre or Public Concert Hall or Auditorium or Museum or Gymnasium or Public
Exhibition ................................................................................................................................................................... 1730
Table 28: Religious Building ...................................................................................................................................... 1731
Table 29: Public Offices ............................................................................................................................................. 1732
Table 30: Convention Centre ...................................................................................................................................... 1733
Table 31: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE) ..................................................................... 1734
Table 32: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone) ......................................................................................................... 1736
28.
SETBACKS AND OPEN SPACE AROUND THE BUILDINGS.- ............................................................................. 1736
Table 33: Minimum Setback or Open Space Around Buildings ................................................................................. 1736
B.
FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT ..... 1740
29.
DEVELOPMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS.- ............................................................................................ 1740
30.
APPLICABILITY IN SCHEME AREAS. – ......................................................................................................... 1740
31.
RESIDENTIAL.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1740
Table 34: Residential Plotted ...................................................................................................................................... 1740
Table 35: Group Housing, Multi-storeyed building and Apartments .......................................................................... 1743
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1657
Table 36: Affordable Group Housing ......................................................................................................................... 1745
Table 37: Economical Weaker Section Housing ......................................................................................................... 1746
(2)
Other general control for Group Housing, Affordable Group Housing and Economical Weaker
Section Housing following ............................................................................................................................. 1746
(3)
Other general control for Independent Floors.- ................................................................................... 1747
32.
COMMERCIAL.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1747
Table 38: Commercial Building .................................................................................................................................. 1747
Table 39: Commercial Buildings in Core Areas or Walled City ................................................................................. 1748
Table 40: Miniplex ...................................................................................................................................................... 1749
Table 41: Multiplex ..................................................................................................................................................... 1750
Table 42: Hotel or Motel:- .......................................................................................................................................... 1751
Table 43: Mix Land Use ............................................................................................................................................. 1752
Table 44: Club or Community Center:- ..................................................................................................................... 1752
Table 45: Guest house or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments:- .................................................................. 1753
Table 46: Dhaba ......................................................................................................................................................... 1754
Table 47: Wholesale Trade or Ware house or Integrated Freight Complex (Standalone) ........................................... 1754
Table 48: Petrol pump cum service stations ................................................................................................................ 1755
33.
INDUSTRIAL.- ............................................................................................................................................. 1756
Table 49: Industrial plotted or Godowns or storage buildings: ................................................................................... 1756
Table 50: Industrial flatted: ......................................................................................................................................... 1757
(2)
Other controls for Industrial Buildings.- .............................................................................................. 1757
34.
EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS.- ....................................................................................................................... 1757
Table 51: Pre Nursery or Nursery School ................................................................................................................... 1757
Table 52: Primary School .......................................................................................................................................... 1758
Table 53: Higher Secondary School or College ......................................................................................................... 1758
Table 54: Education and Research Centre................................................................................................................... 1759
Table 55: Medical College or Nursing College with Hospital, Hostel ........................................................................ 1759
35.
INSTITUTIONAL.- ........................................................................................................................................ 1760
Table 56: Nursing home or Hospital ........................................................................................................................... 1760
(2)
Other Controls (for all plot sizes of Nursing Homes or Hospitals): ..................................................... 1761
Table 57: Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre or Care Centre or School or Institute for Mentally
challenged or Physically Handicapped Person or Hostel ............................................................................................ 1762
36.
PUBLIC BUILDINGS.- .................................................................................................................................. 1762
Table 58: Public Concert Hall or Auditorium, Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition ....................................... 1762
Table 59: Public Offices ............................................................................................................................................. 1763
Table 60: Religious Buildings ..................................................................................................................................... 1763
Table 61: Convention Centre ...................................................................................................................................... 1763
Table 62: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE) ..................................................................... 1764
37.
MARRIAGE PALACE.- ................................................................................................................................. 1765
38.
MULTI LEVEL CAR PARKING (STANDALONE) ............................................................................................. 1765
Table 63: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone) ......................................................................................................... 1765
PART VI GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 1766
39.
GENERAL PLANNING OR DEVELOPMENT NORMS.- ..................................................................................... 1766
(1)
Setback of Projected portion of roof level- .......................................................................................... 1766
(2)
Courtyard or Open Space:- .................................................................................................................. 1766
Table 64 : Size of Ventilation shaft ............................................................................................................................. 1766
(3)
Projection and Balcony.- ...................................................................................................................... 1767
Table 65: Projections .................................................................................................................................................. 1767
Table 66: Balcony ....................................................................................................................................................... 1767
(4)
Parking ................................................................................................................................................. 1767
Table 67: Compounding Charges for Parking ............................................................................................................. 1769
(5)
Exemptions.- ......................................................................................................................................... 1769
Table 68: Corridor dimensions .................................................................................................................................... 1770
40.
GENERAL NOTES.- ..................................................................................................................................... 1771
41.
OCCUPANT LOAD.- ..................................................................................................................................... 1774
Table 69: Occupant Load ............................................................................................................................................ 1774
42.
CLEARANCE ZONE FOR BUILDINGS NEAR HIGH TENSION ELECTRICAL LINE – ........................................... 1775
(1)
Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding 650 V.- ......................... 1775
(2)
Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V.- ......................................................... 1775
Table 70: Vertical Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of High Tension Electrical Line................ 1775
Table 71: Horizontal Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of High Tension Electrical Line .......... 1776
Table 72: Vertical and Horizontal Clearance for buildings from nearest High Voltage Direct Current System ......... 1776
43.
PART BUILDING REQUIREMENT.– ............................................................................................................... 1777
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1658
(1)
Plinth – ................................................................................................................................................. 1777
(2)
Interior Court Yard. – ........................................................................................................................... 1777
(3)
Space requirement of different component of a building. – .................................................................. 1777
Table 73: Minimum requirements of different component of a building .................................................................... 1777
Table 74: Minimum height requirement for Educational, Industrial and Religious Building ..................................... 1777
(4)
Lighting and ventilation of rooms – ...................................................................................................... 1778
(5)
Ledge or Tand.- .................................................................................................................................... 1778
(6)
Mezzanine Floor.- ................................................................................................................................. 1778
(7)
Basement.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1778
(8)
Chimneys.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1781
(9)
Parapet.- ............................................................................................................................................... 1781
(10)
Cabin.- ............................................................................................................................................. 1781
(11)
Boundary wall.- ............................................................................................................................... 1781
(12)
Septic Tanks.- ................................................................................................................................... 1782
(13)
Office-cum-letter box room.- ........................................................................................................... 1782
(14)
Meter rooms.- .................................................................................................................................. 1782
(15)
Exit or Staircase requirements.- ...................................................................................................... 1782
(16)
Staircase requirement.- .................................................................................................................... 1783
(17)
Corridor requirement.- .................................................................................................................... 1783
(18)
Ramps.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1784
(19)
Exit Requirements.- .......................................................................................................................... 1785
(20)
Roofs.- .............................................................................................................................................. 1785
(21)
Sunken courtyard.- ........................................................................................................................... 1785
(22)
Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins. – ................................................................ 1785
(23)
Fitments for drainage and sanitation.- ............................................................................................ 1786
Table 75: Office Building ........................................................................................................................................... 1786
Table 76: Cinema, Multiplex Cinema, Concert and Convention Halls, Theatres and Stadia ...................................... 1786
Table 77: Art Galleries, Libraries and Museums ........................................................................................................ 1787
Table 78: Restaurants .................................................................................................................................................. 1787
Table 79: Shopping Malls and Retail Buildings .......................................................................................................... 1788
Table 80: Hotel ........................................................................................................................................................... 1789
Table 81: Hospital with indoor patient ward ............................................................................................................... 1789
Table 82: Hospital with Outdoor Patient Department ................................................................................................. 1790
Table 83: Hospital Administrative Buildings .............................................................................................................. 1791
Table 84: Factories ...................................................................................................................................................... 1791
Table 85: Schools and Educational Institutions .......................................................................................................... 1792
Table 86: Hostels ........................................................................................................................................................ 1793
Table 87: Fruit and Vegetable Markets ....................................................................................................................... 1794
Table 88: Bus Stations, Airports and Railway Stations ............................................................................................... 1794
PART VI FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, BUILDING MATERIALS AND LIGHTING
AND VENTILATION ........................................................................................................................................... 1796
44.
FIRE PROTECTION.- .................................................................................................................................... 1796
45.
STRUCTURAL DESIGN.- ............................................................................................................................... 1796
46.
LIGHTING AND VENTILATION.- ................................................................................................................... 1796
47.
ELECTRICAL AND ALLIED INSTALLATIONS.- ............................................................................................... 1796
48.
BUILDING MATERIALS.- ............................................................................................................................. 1796
49.
LIFTS, ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS.- .............................................................................................. 1796
PART VII PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN ........................... 1797
50.
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS.- ......................................................................................................................... 1797
PART VIII GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS ................................................. 1798
51.
PROVISIONS AND APPLICABILITY.- ............................................................................................................. 1798
Table 89: Provisions for various plot sizes (Residential uses) .................................................................................... 1798
Table 90: Provisions for various plot sizes (Non-Residential uses) ............................................................................ 1798
52.
ENERGY EFFICIENCY.- ................................................................................................................................ 1798
53.
ROOF TOP SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATION.- ................................................................................... 1799
Table 91: Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation ................................................................................................. 1799
54.
RAINWATER HARVESTING.- ........................................................................................................................ 1800
(1) Rain water harvesting system ............................................................................................................... 1801
(2)
Techinques ............................................................................................................................................ 1801
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1659
(3)
The provision for rain water harvesting.- ............................................................................................. 1801
Table 92 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types ................................................................................ 1801
55.
SUSTAINABLE WASTE MANAGEMENT.- ....................................................................................................... 1802
PART IX CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,
HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS ................................................................... 1803
56.
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS.- ......................................................................................................................... 1803
PART X ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL................................ 1804
57.
INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL.- ................................... 1804
Table 93 Charges for Exemption of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Installation ....................................................... 1804
PART XI PUBLIC HEALTH: WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE .................................... 1806
58.
WATER SUPPLY.- ................................................................................................................................... 1806
(1)
Application for connection.- ................................................................................................................. 1806
(2)
Material for water connection.- ............................................................................................................ 1806
(3)
Sanction of water connection.- ............................................................................................................. 1806
(4)
Release of water connection.- ............................................................................................................... 1806
(5)
Notice and certificate of completion of work.- ..................................................................................... 1806
59.
SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE.- ............................................................................................................ 1807
(1)
Application for connection with public sewer.- .................................................................................... 1807
(2)
Connection with public sewer.- ............................................................................................................ 1807
(3)
Material for drain and construction.- ................................................................................................... 1807
(4)
Drain connection for trade effluent.- .................................................................................................... 1807
(5)
Waste water pipes.- .............................................................................................................................. 1807
(6)
Manholes.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1807
Table 94 Provisions for minimum internal size of Chamber ....................................................................................... 1807
(7)
Septic tank.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1808
(8)
Absorption pits.- ................................................................................................................................... 1808
PART XII RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL PROPOSALS ............ 1809
60.
RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PROPOSALS.- .......................................................................... 1809
(1)
Hazardous buildings.- .......................................................................................................................... 1809
(2)
Classification of risk based storage building.- ..................................................................................... 1809
Table 95-Classification of risk based storage building................................................................................................ 1809
(3)
Classification of risk based industrial building.- .................................................................................. 1811
Table 96 Classification of risk based industrial building ............................................................................................ 1811
(4)
Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building.- ....................................................... 1812
Table 97 Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building .................................................................. 1812
Table 98: Inspection where the date of issuance of change of land use is within three months .................................. 1813
Table 99: Inspection where the date of issuance of change of land use exceed a period of three months .................. 1813
PART XIII REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS ................................................................................................ 1814
61.
REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS.- .................................................................................................................. 1814
62.
GRANT OF REGISTRATION.- ........................................................................................................................ 1814
63.
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION.- .................................................................................................................... 1814
64.
CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.- ..................................................................................... 1814
PART XIV MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................................................... 1814
65.
RELAXATION.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1814
66.
MATTERS NOT COVERED UNDER THESE RULES.- ........................................................................................ 1814
67.
REPEAL AND SAVING.- ............................................................................................................................... 1814
ANNEXURES ........................................................................................................................................................ 1815
ANNEXURE 1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1815
ANNEXURE 2 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1817
ANNEXURE 3 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1818
ANNEXURE 4 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1819
ANNEXURE 5 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1820
ANNEXURE 6 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1821
ANNEXURE 7 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1822
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1660
ANNEXURE 8 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1823
ANNEXURE 9 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1824
ANNEXURE 10 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1825
ANNEXURE 11 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1826
ANNEXURE 12 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1827
ANNEXURE 13 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1828
ANNEXURE 14 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1834
ANNEXURE 15 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1841
ANNEXURE 16 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1842
ANNEXURE 17 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1843
ANNEXURE 18 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1844
ANNEXURE 19 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1845
ANNEXURE 20 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1846
ANNEXURE 21 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1847
ANNEXURE 22 BEYOND MC LIMITS ..................................................................................................................... 1848
ANNEXURE 23- WITHIN MC LIMITS .................................................................................................................... 1852
ANNEXURE 24 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1853
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1661
1
PART-III
GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
NOTIFICATION
The 15th December, 2025
No.G.S.R.195 /P.A.11/1995/Ss.180 and 43/P.A.3/1911/S.240/P.A.42/1976 /S.262/P.A.4/1922
/S.73/2025.- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 180 read with sub-section (2) of
section 43 of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 (Punjab Act
No. 11 of 1995); clause (zzz) of sub-section (1) of section 240 of the Punjab Municipal Act, 1911
(Punjab Act No. 3 of 1911); clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 262 of the Punjab Municipal
Corporation Act, 1976 (Punjab Act No. 42 of 1976); and section 73 of the Punjab Town
Improvement Act, 1922 (Punjab Act No. 4 of 1922), and all other powers enabling him in this
behalf, the Governor of Punjab is pleased to make the following rules, to carry out the purposes
of the said Acts, namely:-
PART-I
PRELIMINARY
1. Short titles and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Punjab Unified
Building Rules, 2025.
(2) They shall come into force on and with effect from the date of their publication in the
Official Gazette and shall be applicable to all categories of buildings except factory
establishments in existence prior to 12.06.2018.
2. Application.- (1) They shall be applicable to whole of the State of Punjab except Lal Lakir
of village abadi falling outside municipal limit, Cantonment Board, and the sites and
areas falling under the jurisdiction of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI). These
rules shall also be applicable on Urban Estate or Optimum Utilization of Vacant
Government Land (OUVGL) scheme or any other scheme developed or approved by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development and Department of Local Government,
or any other Government Agency.
However, for projects or sites approved by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development, if falling within the jurisdiction of any other department or authority (such
as Improvement Trusts, Municipal Corporation or Committees, Punjab Small Industries
& Export Corporation, etc.), these sites or projects shall be governed by building rules
applicable on Housing and Urban Development. Further, the area falling within the
jurisdiction of Municipal Corporation, Mohali, shall also be governed by building rules
applicable on Housing and Urban Development department in these rules and shall not
be governed by the rules applicable for the department of Local government.
(2) For sites already auctioned by the Government, development authorities, or any other
government agencies, the applicable ground coverage, Floor Area Ratio (FAR), and
purchasable Floor Area Ratio (FAR) along with purchasable rates shall be governed by
the terms and conditions specified in the auction and allotment documents for the
respective site or plot and shall not be governed by these rules to this extent. However,
the rest of these building rules shall be applicable on these sites.
(3) These building rules shall have overriding effect over the relevant provisions of the
Unified Zoning Regulation, except in areas falling within the Master Plan SAS Nagar
and Master Plan New Chandigarh, and the part of Regional Plan for Greater Mohali
Region where specific Master Plans have not been notified. However, where these
Master Plans or the Regional Plan are silent, the provisions of these building rules shall
apply.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1662
2
(4) These building rules shall also have overriding effect over any guidelines, office orders,
notifications, or policies issued prior to notification of these rules, to the extent of any
inconsistency or conflict.
3. Definitions.- (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, -
(1) ―abut‖ means to be positioned juxtaposed to a road, lane, open space, park, building in
such a way that the outer face of any of the external walls or boundary of a building or
plot touches a street or road boundary;
(2) “access or approach road” means a clear approach to a plot or a building;
(3) “accessory use means any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and
customarily incidental to the principal use;
(4) “Act” means the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;
Punjab Municipal Act, 1911; Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976 and Punjab
Town Improvement Act, 1922;
(5) "advertising" means any surface or structure or structure with characters, letters or
illustrations applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the
purpose of advertising or giving information or to attract the public to any place,
person, public performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is
attached to, forms part of , or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to
the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in a space, or in or
over any water body included in the jurisdiction of the Authority;
(6) “air conditioning” means the process of treating air so as to simultaneously control its
temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet the
requirements of the conditioned space;
(7) “alteration or addition or renovation” means a structural change, such as an addition
to the -area or height, or the removal of part of a building, or any change to the
structure, such as the construction of, cutting into or removal of any wall, partition,
column, beam, joist, floor (including a mezzanine floor) or other support, or a change to
or closing of any required means of ingress or egress or a change to the fixtures or
equipment;
(8) “amenities” means any one or more than one utility such as roads, streets, open spaces,
parks, recreational, grounds, play grounds, water and electric supply, street lighting,
sewerage, drainage, public works and other utilities, services and conveniences;
(9) “ancillary zone” in the buildings means the building ancillary to and serving the main
building and includes meter room, security room, Sewerage Treatment Plant, godown,
guard room, cycle shed, dispensary, canteen, electric substation and labour quarters for
watch and ward staff but shall not include residential accommodation for supervisory
staff;
(10) “apartment” whether called block, chamber, dwelling unit, flat, lot, premises, suite,
tenement, unit by any other name, means a separate and self-contained part of any
property, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces, located on one or more
floors, or, any part or parts thereof, in a building, or in a plot of land, used or intended
to be used for residence, office, shop, showroom, or godown or for carrying on any
business, industry, occupation, profession or trade, or for any other type of independent
use ancillary to the purpose specified above and with a direct exit to a public street,
road or highway or to a common area leading to such street road or highway, and
includes any garage or room whether or not adjacent to the building in which such
apartment is located, provided by the promoter for the use by the allottee for parking
any vehicle or, as the case may be, for the residence of any domestic servant employed
in such apartment;
Note: If a basement, cellar, garage, room, shop or storage space is sold separately from
any apartment, it shall be treated as an independent apartment and not as part of
any other apartment or of the common areas and facilities;
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1663
3
(11) "applicant" means a person who submits the application to the Competent Authority
to erect or re-erect a building and also includes his legal representatives and authorized
person;
(12) "application" means an application made in such form as may be specified by the
competent authority, by an owner or certified professional, who intends to develop,
erect, re-erect or make alterations or additions in a plot or site or premises or part
thereof, along with the requisite documents, for seeking approval of the Building or
Service or Completion or Partial Completion Plans;
(13) "approved " means approved Building Plans or Service Plans or Completion or Partial
Completion Plans of a building by the Competent Authority under these rules;
(14) "architect" means a person holding a degree in Bachelor of Architecture from any
recognised university or institute recognised by the Council of Architecture (COA) and
has his name entered in the register of Council of Architecture for the time being, with
a valid Council of Architecture Registration number (CA/Year/Reg. No.);
(15) "architectural control and architectural control sheets" means control of horizontal
or vertical projections from the walls of the building and to restrict the height of any
site exposed to the view from the street or road. Similarly, Architectural Control Sheets
shall mean sheets or drawings with directions, signed and retained by the Competent
Authority showing the measure of Architectural Controls, which shall be observed in
the special areas;
(16) "assembly buildings" means any building or part of a building, where at least fifty
persons can congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic,
civil, travel and similar purposes, for example, theatres, motion picture houses,
assembly halls, marriage palaces, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, skating rinks,
gymnasiums, recreation piers and stadia, hotels and restaurants, places of worship,
dance halls, club rooms, passenger stations and terminal of air, surface and marine
public transportation services or like activities if considered so by the competent
authority;
(17) "atria or atrium" means a large-volume space or central collecting area leading to
other functional areas of the building created by a floor opening or series of floor
openings that is covered at the top of openings and is used for purposes other than
commercial activity, social gathering etc. For the sake of clarity, the main halls where
functions are held as in case of marriage palaces or hotels shall not be considered as
atrium or atria;
(18) "authority" means the Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for
the purpose of administering the building rules or Part, may authorize a committee or
an official or an agency to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the 'Authority'. Authority
can be the Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority constituted under
section 17 or the Special Urban Planning and Development Authority constituted under
section 29 or the New Town Planning and Development Authority constituted under
section 31 of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;
(19) "balcony" means a horizontal projection from the wall cantilevered or otherwise,
having a balustrade or railing or a parapet wall to serve as a passage or sit out place
intended for human use;
(20) "barsati" means a habitable single room on the roof of the building with or without
kitchen and toilet;
(21) "basement" means the storey which is next below the ground storey or which is in any
part more than half of its height below the mean level of the street or ground adjoining
the building;
(22) "bathroom" means a room containing a bath or shower, washroom and a toilet;
(23) "boundary wall" means a wall which is erected to enclose the site boundary, may also
carry security;
(24) "bressummer" means the beam of a girder that carries the load of wall or slab;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1664
4
(25) "building" means any structure for whatsoever purpose and of whatsoever materials
constructed and every part thereof, whether used as human habitation or not and
includes foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building
services, fixed platforms, veranda, balcony, cornice or projection, part of a building or
anything affixed thereto or any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space
and signs and outdoor display structures, tanks constructed or fixed for storage of
chemicals or water or effluent, swimming pools etc. Tents, shamianas, tarpaulin
helters, etc, erected for temporary and ceremonial occasions with the permission of the
Competent Authority, if required, shall not be considered as a building;
(26) "building envelope" means the horizontal spatial limits up to which a building is or is
to be constructed on a plot or site;
(27) "building height" means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs, from
the average level of the front road and contiguous to the building or as decided by the
Authority to the terrace of last liveable floor of the building adjacent to the external
walls; and in the case of pitched roofs, up to the point where the external surface of the
outer wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof; and in the case of gables
facing the road, the mid-point between the eaves level and the ridge. Architectural
features serving no other function except that of decoration shall be excluded for the
purpose of measuring heights:
Provided that in case of residential plot, the vertical distance of the building shall
be measured from the plinth of the building instead of the average level of the front
road;
(28) "building line" means a fixed line specified for a site beyond which no building within
that site other than permitted projection and compound wall shall project;
(29) "building plans" means plans showing the details of building with respect to its
building footprint, building blocks, ground coverage, floor area ratio, total covered
area, height, numbers of storeys, elevations, sections, setbacks, parking, boundary
walls, gates and other building details as per these rules and submitted to the Competent
Authority as enclosed with the application by the owner or professional engaged in
construction of the said building for seeking approval thereof;
(30) "building regulations" means the rules or bye-laws or regulations or Zoning
regulations made under any law for the time being in force for the erection or re-
erection of buildings or parts thereof;
(31) "building scrutiny fee" means a fee to be charged or levied by the Competent
Authority for approval of Building or Service Plan;
(32) "cabin" means a non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partition;
(33) "canopy" means a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to the
building at the lintel or slab level provided that:
(i)
it shall not be lower than 2.3 m when measured from the ground;
(ii)
it shall not project beyond the plot line;
(34) "cantilever" means a long projecting structure, beam or girder fixed or supported at
only one end and carries a load at the other end or along its length;
(35) "carpet area" means the covered area of the usable rooms of a building or at any floor
excluding the area of the walls;
(36) "chajja" means a continuous cantilevered horizontal or sloping projection from the
outer wall of the building primarily intended to give protection from weather;
(37) "chimney" means an upright shaft containing one or more flues provided for the
conveyance to the outer air of any product of combustion resulting from the operation of
heat producing appliance or equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;
(38) "clear height" means height from the top surface of ground or any floor to the bottom
of beam or ceiling, as the case may be;
(39) "commercial building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used
either ordinarily or occasionally as; retail, wholesale, multiplex, cinema, marriage
palace, office, bank, restaurant, shop, shopping complex or a building primarily used for
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1665
5
display and sale of merchandise or any similar purpose or any other building, being used
for commercial purpose;
(40) "commercial use" means the use of any land or building or part thereof for purposes of
commerce, or as an office, whether attached to any building being used for commercial
purpose;
(41) "common areas and facilities in relation to a building" means all parts of the
building or the land on which it is located and all easements, rights and appurtenances
belonging to the land or the building, which are not in the exclusive possession of an
apartment owner;
(42) "competent authority” means any person or authority appointed by the State
Government, by notification in the Official Gazette, to exercise and perform all or any of
the powers and functions of the Competent Authority under these rules;
(43) "completion certificate" means a Certificate issued by the Competent Authority on
written request of the applicant or promoter after completion of building works
including finishing of all common services and utilities as provided in the approved
Building Plans and Service Plans;
(44) "conservation" means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its
historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural significance and includes
maintenance, preservation, restoration, reconstruction and adoption or a combination of
more than one of these;
(45) "construction" means any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition
or extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include, any
reconstruction, repair and renovation of an existing structure or building, or,
construction, maintenance and cleansing of drains and drainage works and of public
latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the construction and maintenance of works
meant for providing supply of water for public, or, the construction or maintenance,
extension, management for supply and distribution of electricity to the public; or
provision for similar facilities for public;
(46) "conversion" means the change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change
in building structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring
additional permission from the competent authority;
(47) "cooking alcove" means a cooking space having direct access from the main room
without any inter-communicating door;
(48) "courtyard" means an area open to the sky but within the boundary of a plot, which is
enclosed or partially enclosed by buildings, boundary walls or railings. It may be at
ground floor level or any other level within or adjacent to a building;
(49) "covered area" means the built-up area of the building(s) without deducting area of
walls, corridors and passage-ways, stairs, closets, toilets, columns, lifts and building
shafts or other features;
(50) "damp proof course" means a course consisting of some appropriate water proofing
material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture to any part of the
structure from within or outside;
(51) "density" means the number of persons per acre;
(52) "detached building” means a building with walls and roofs independent of any other
building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot;
(53) "development works" means internal development works and external development
works;
(54) "dhaba" means an eating joint building having single storey structure with temporary
roof such as corrugated sheets or asbestos sheet or thatch;
(55) “dispensary” means a clinical establishment that provides outpatient medical
consultation, physical examination, prescription services, and dispensing of medicines
etc. It may also perform minor medical procedures such as dressing of wounds,
injections, or first aid. The facility may have a maximum of up to 10 beds for
observation or basic care.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1666
6
(56) "drain" means a conduit, channel or pipe for the carriage of storm water, sewage, waste
water or other water borne wastes in a building drainage system;
(57) "drainage system" means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and
accessories, such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for
drainage of building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage; and
includes an open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any
waste water;
(58) "duct" means an enclosed passage, channel, tube, canal, pipe or conduit by which a
fluid, air, electric cables or other substance is conducted or conveyed;
(59) "dwelling unit" means a building or a portion thereof which is designed or used or
intended to be used wholly or partially for residential purposes for one family for
habitation comprising of kitchen, toilet and a room at least;
(60) "dwelling unit area " means an area of a dwelling excluding area of balconies or
projections and common area such as staircase, lift lobby, public corridor, public toilet,
etc;
(61) "educational building" means a building exclusively used for a school or college, and
including a building for such other uses as research institution or university, involving
assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use,
recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent Authority It
shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and
building used as a hostel captive to an educational institution whether situated in its
campus or outside;
(62) "enclosed staircase" means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors from
the rest of the building;
(63) "engineer" means a person holding any of the qualification eligible to become
Associate Member of the Institution of Engineers;
(64) "erect or re-erect" means any material alteration or enlargement of any building; the
conversion by structural alteration into a place for habitation of any building not
originally constructed for human habitation; the conversion into more than one place for
human habitation of a building originally constructed any such place; the conversion of
two or more places of human habitation into a greater number of such places; such
alterations of a building as effect an alteration of its drainage or sanitation arrangements,
or materially affect its security; the addition of any rooms, buildings, out-houses or other
structure to any building; the construction in a wall adjoining a street or a land not
belonging to the owner of the wall, of a door opening on such street or land;
(65) "escalator" means a power driven, inclined, moving stairway used for raising or
lowering passengers;
(66) "existing building" means a building or structure existing with or without the approval
of the Competent Authority;
(67) "existing use" means a use of a building or structure existing with or without the
approval of the Competent Authority;
(68) "exit" means a passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor
to a street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits;
(69) "external wall" means an outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though
adjoining to a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior
open space of any building;
(70) "factory" has the same meaning as assigned to it in the Occupational Safety, Health and
Working Conditions Code, 2020;
(71) "fire and/or emergency alarm system" means Fire alarm system comprises of
components for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire and
initiating other actions as appropriate;
(72) "fire exit" means a way out leading to an escape route having panic bar hardware
provided on the door;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1667
7
(73) "firefighting shaft (Fire Tower)" means an enclosed shaft having protected area of
120 min fire resistance rating comprising protected lobby, staircase and fireman's lift,
connected directly to exit discharge or through exit passageway with 120 min fire
resistant wall at the level of exit discharge to exit discharge. These shall also serve the
purpose of exit requirement or strategy for the occupants. The respective floors shall be
approachable from fire-fighting shaft enabling the fire fighters to access the floor and
also enabling the fire fighters to assist in evacuation through fireman's lift. The
firefighting shaft shall be equipped with 120 min fire doors. The firefighting shaft shall
be equipped with firemen talk back, wet riser and landing valve in its lobby, to fight fire
by fire fighters;
(74) "fire lift" means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event
of fire or other emergency;
(75) "fire proof door" means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and
erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a period;
(76) "fire resistant building" means a building in which appropriate degree of fire
resistance material is used;
(77) "fire separation" means the distance in metres measured from the externalwall of the
building concerned to the external wall of any other building on the site, or from other
site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space for the purpose of
preventing the spread of fire;
(78) "flatted industry" means an industrial building with a height exceeding 21 meters
(including stilt) and constructed for for industrial purpose;
(79) "floor area gross" means the area of the floor within the inside perimeter of the outside
walls of the floor of the building under consideration without deduction for corridors
and passage-ways stairs, closets, thickness of interior walls, columns, lifts and building
shafts or other features;
(80) "floor" means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building,
and does not include a mezzanine floor unless it is to be used for habitable purpose. The
floor at ground level with direct access to a street or open space shall be called the
ground floor; the floor above it shall be termed as first floor, with the next higher floor
being termed as second floor, and so on upwards;
(81) "floor area ratio (FAR)" means the quotient obtained by dividing the total covered
area on all floors by the area of the plot:
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) = Total Covered Area of all floors
Plot Area;
(82) "flue" means a duct for smoke or waste gases produced by fire, a gas heater or a power
station or other fuel burning installations from a furnace or fireplace to a chimney of a
building;
(83) "frame control drawing" means the numbered sheet of drawing signed by the
Competent Authority and kept in his office defining boundaries of building plots,
compulsory building lines, permissible heights of buildings to be realised in prescribed
stages, site and floor coverage, restrictions on treatment of external facades including the
permissible sizes of openings and such other restrictions on the development of sites as
may be specified;
(84) "front setback" means the peripheral area formed by the minimum horizontal distance
between edge of the front building line and of the plot or site line facing it, within which
any constructions other than exempted by the Competent Authority, are prohibited and
is meant to provide light, air, ventilation and fire safety to the building and landscaping
in the plot;
(85) "front" as applied to a building means a portion facing the existing road or road
proposed from the existing road from which the access to the building or project has
been provided or as determined by the Competent Authority;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1668
8
(86) "gallery" means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an
auditorium or a hall providing extra floor area, or additional seating accommodation and
includes the structures provided for seating in stadia;
(87) "garage" means a building or portion thereof, designed and used for parking of
vehicles;
(88) "government" means the Government of the State of Punjab in the Department of
Housing and Urban Development, and Department of Local Government;
(89) "ground coverage" means built-up area at ground level prescribed as percentage to the
total site area;
(90) "group housing" means a residential development on a plot of land where multiple
dwelling units, in the form of apartments or flats typically in multi-storied buildings,
along with shared common areas, amenities and facilities like parks, roads, parking,
water supply, sewage systems, electricity, security, community halls and recreational
areas.
(91) "guest house" means any premises or part of a premises providing lodging or boarding
and with minimum six rooms;
(92) "habitable room" means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more
persons for study, living, sleeping, eating, kitchen but not including bathrooms, water-
closet compartments, laundries, serving and store pantries, corridors, cellars, attics, and
spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods;
(93) "hazardous building" means any building or part thereof which is used for the storage,
handling, manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or
products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity or which may produce poisonous
fumes or explosions for storage, handling, manufacturing or processing which involve
highly corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing
flame, fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage,
handling or processing of any material producing explosive mixtures of dust which
result in the division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition;
(94) "heritage building" means and includes any building of one or more premises or any
part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires conservation and/or
preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or artisanry and/or aesthetic and/or
cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose and includes such portion of
land adjoining such building or part thereof as may be required for fencing or covering
or in any manner preserving the historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or
cultural value of such building;
(95) "heritage precincts" means and includes any space that requires conservation and/or
preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural and/or
environmental and/or ecological purpose. Walls or other boundaries of a particular area
or place or building or may enclose such space by an imaginary line drawn around it;
(96) "high-rise building" means a building above 21m in height (including stilt);
(97) “high-rise industry" means an industrial building above 21 meters in height (including
stilt) and constructed for industrial purpose;
(98) "hospital" means a building where indoor patients are admitted and various types of
clinical or surgical procedures are carried out;
(99) "hostel" means a building which provides food and lodging to a specific group of
people such as students, workers etc., where the guest can rent a bed in single or shared
room or dormitory (with or without shared toilet), and lounge and kitchen;
(100) "hotel" means any premises or part of a premises wherein more than fifty percent of the
total covered area including temporary structure but excluding covered parking and
service floor area, shall be under lodging or boarding in the form of rooms, presidential
suites etc., which are commercially let out, and providing lodging with or without food,
or serving any kind of eatables or beverages or other services by way of business, for a
monetary consideration and having at least one restaurant with a capacity of minimum
fifty guests or a bar or banquet hall;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1669
9
(101) "illuminated exit signs" means a device for indicating the means of escape during
normal circumstances and power failure;
(102) "independent floors" means a building used or intended to be used for residential
purpose, where every floor of the building is a separate and independent dwelling unit
with common stair and services;
(103) "industrial building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used either
ordinarily or occasionally for fabrication, assembly, manufacturing or processing of
products or materials of all kinds;
(104) "information technology (IT)" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be
used for Software architecture design and development, software maintenance and
implementation, operation of software systems, provision of software services,
management of data bases, maintenance of computer networks and telecommunication
networks, network services, network administration, business process out sourcing or
providing information technology enabled services;
(105) "information technology enabled services" means digital communication services,
digital information content provision, digital data base management and updation,
remote digital office services, software operations and other information work that relies
primarily and substantially on digital communication including data centres, call centres,
global capability centre (GCC), and back-offices operations using Information
Technology but not direct sales and marketing;
(106) "institutional building" means a building constructed by Government, Semi-
Government Organizations or Registered Trusts or any private person or organization
and is used for medical or other treatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural
and allied activities or for an hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental
illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and
infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention
with restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and
includes dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,
prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc. It shall
also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and building
used as a hostel captive to an institution whether situated in its campus or outside;
(107) "intermittent floor" means a floor left vacant in high rise building(s) for evacuation,
play area or green area;
(108) "layout plan" means a plan of the entire site showing location of plots or building
blocks, roads, open spaces, entry or exit, parking, landscaping etc. indicating activity of
all land or part of it;
(109) "ledge or tand" means a shelf-like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever,
except by means of vertical supports within a room itself but not having projection wider
than 1 meter;
(110) "lift" means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or
more levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or
platform. The word ‗elevator‘ is also synonymously used for ‗lift‘;
(111) "lift lobby" means a space from which people directly entered a lift car(s) and into
which people directly enter upon exiting a lift car(s) ;
(112) "lobby" means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open;
(113) "loft" means an intermediate space between two floors on a residual space with
maximum height of 1.5 metres and which is constructed or adopted for storage purposes
only;
(114) "louvre" means a window blind or shutter with horizontal slats that are angled to admit
light and air, but to keep out rain and direct sunshine, the angle of which may be
adjusted, usually in blinds and windows or may be fixed;
(115) "lower ground floor" means a floor which is more than half of its height above the
mean ground level and rest of the height below the mean ground level;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1670
10
(116) “low-rise Building” means a building with height not exceeding 21 meters (including
stilt);
(117) “low-rise industry" means an industrial building not exceeding 21 meters in height
(including stilt) and constructed for industrial purpose.
(118) "marriage palace" means premises built up or open or both or any part thereof, where
accommodation or space is used for marriage, receptions, social gatherings, meetings,
etc on regular or periodical or occasional basis and where atleast fifty persons can
congregate or gather;
(119) "means of egress" means a continuous and unobstructed way of travelling or escape
route provided in a building for safe evacuation of occupants;
(120) "mechanical parking" means a parking system designed to minimise the total area
required for parking the vehicles by adopting methods like multi-storey garages,
automated parking system, stack parking etc. and are generally powered by hydraulic or
electrical instruments;
(121) "mechanical ventilation" means supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or
by infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a combination
of positive ventilation and exhaust of air;
(122) "mezzanine floor" means an intermediate floors between two floors of any storey
forming an integral part of floor below;
(123) "mixed occupancy or mixed use of building" means a building in which more than
one occupancy or use is present;
(124) "motel" means a roadside hotel designed primarily for motorists or travellers with
lodging and parking facilities on short term basis, typically having rooms arranged in
low blocks with parking directly outside but adjacent to the rooms may have small
amusement facilities also;
(125) "multi-level car parking" means a building partly or wholly below ground level
having two or more basements or multiple stories above ground level, primarily to be
used for parking of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle;
(126) "multiplex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having at least four
cinema halls;
(127) "miniplex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having maximum
three cinema halls;
(128) "natural ventilation" means supply of outside air into a building through window or
other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature or
vapour pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the building;
(129) "nursing home" means a building where persons suffering from illness, injury or
infirmity are usually received or accommodated or for both the purposes, for the purpose
of observation, nursing and treatment with number of beds upto 50, it may include a
maternity home;
(130) "occupancy" means the main purpose for which a building or a part of building is used
or intended to be used;
(131) "occupancy or use of building" means the principal occupancy or use for which a
building or a part of a building is intended to be used. For the purposes of classification
of a building according to occupancy, occupancy shall also include the subsidiary
occupancies which are contingent upon it;
(132) "occupation certificate" means a certificate issued by the competent authority to
occupy a building or part of the building or any portion whatsoever,
(133) "occupant load" means maximum numbers of persons that might occupy a building or
portion thereof at any one time;
(134) "open space" means an area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky;
(135) "orientation" means the positioning of a building in relation to seasonal variations in
the sun‘s path as well as prevailing wind patterns;
(136) "owner" means the person or body having a legal interest in land or building thereon.
This includes free holders, leaseholders or those holding a sub-lease which both bestows
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1671
11
a legal right to occupation and gives rise to liabilities in respect of safety or building
condition. In case of lease or sub-lease holders, as far as ownership with respect to the
structure is concerned, the structure of a flat or structure on a plot belongs to the allottee
or lessee till the allotment or lease subsists;
(137) "parapet" means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or floor;
(138) "parking" means a space enclosed or unenclosed, to park vehicles together with a
driveway connecting the parking space with a street permitting ingress and egress of the
vehicles;
(139) "partial completion certificate" means a certificate or approval issued by the
Competent Authority to the application submitted by the owner or professional engaged
in construction of part of the said building along with the partial completion plans and
other requisite documents and after the satisfaction of panel of the officials that this part
of building is constructed on site as the approved building plans, in such cases where a
project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed in different stages but
fulfils the minimum area and other conditions;
(140) "partition" means vertical division of space between two areas in a building with an
interior non-load bearing barrier, either one storey or part-storey in height;
(141) "partition wall " means a wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed
to be used in any part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining
buildings belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by
different persons; or a wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the
length of such wall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or
ground of different owners;
(142) "party wall" means a wall partly constructed on one plot of land, and partly on an
adjoining plot and serving both structurally;
(143) "PECBC" means the Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code, 2016 amended from
time to time;
(144) "pergola" means set of beams spaced apart without sheet or slab and not to be
considered as covered area;
(145) "permission or permit" means a valid permission or authorization in writing by the
competent authority to carryout development or a work regulated by these rules;
(146) "person" includes a company, firm, co-operative society, joint family and an
incorporated body of persons;
(147) "plinth" means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground
and surface of the floor, immediately above the ground;
(148) "plinth area" means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the
basement or of any storey;
(149) "plinth level" means the level of the ground floor of a building with respect to the
crown of front street;
(150) "plot or site" means a parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries;
(151) "plotted development" means a type of development layout wherein a stretch of
developed land is divided into regular sized plots for uniform controlled building
volumes;
(152) "plumber" means a person holding any of the qualifications specified in the Schedule
and registered as such under these rules;
(153) "podium" means a horizontal projection (platform) extending beyond the building
footprint on one or more sides, and may consist of one or more levels;
(154) "podium parking" means parking of vehicles provided under podium of a building;
(155) "porch" means a covered structure supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building;
(156) "preservation" means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its existing state
and retarding deterioration;
(157) "prohibited area" means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under
The Punjab Land Preservation Act, 1900 or the Forest Area or Defense Area or under
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1672
12
section 20A of the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act,
1958 or any area declared by the State or Central Government for any purpose under any
statute;
(158) "projection" means a cantilevered horizontal slab from the wall of a building;
(159) "protected monument" means an ancient monument which is declared to be of
national importance by or under the Ancient Monuments And Archaeological Sites And
Remains Act, 1958, or by section 126 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956;
(160) "public building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used either
ordinarily or occasionally as a place open to general public and it includes a hospital,
college, school, restaurant, theatre, public concert room, public lecture room, marriage
palace, public exhibition hall or as a public place of assembly or entertainment for
persons admitted there to buy tickets or otherwise, or used or constructed or adapted to
be used either ordinarily or occasionally for any similar public purposes;
(161) "public sewer"means a sewer laid by the Government or any Authority;
(162) "rain water harvesting" means the process of harvesting of rainwater, which involves
the collection of water from the surface(s) on which rain falls and subsequently storing
this water for direct use or can be recharged into the underground aquifers;
(163) "rain water pipe" means a pipe or drain situated wholly above ground and used or
constructed to be used solely for carrying off rain water directly from roof surfaces;
(164) "ramp" means a sloping surface joining two different levels, as at the entrance or
between different floors of a building;
(165) “reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible to a known
earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials (new or old) into the
fabric. This shall not include either recreation or conjectural reconstruction;
(166) "refuge area or floor" means a location in a building or floor in a high-rise building or
block or tower designed to hold occupants during a fire or other emergency, when
evacuation may not be safe or possible and where occupants can wait until rescued or
relieved by fire fighters;
(167) "rental housing" means a building to be used for providing accommodation (with or
without attached toilet and pantry) on rental basis and having common facilities like
kitchen with dining, common room for entertainment or indoor games, first aid room,
laundry, security guard room and convenient shopping;
(168) "residential building" means a building in which sleeping and living accommodation
is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities and includes one or
more family dwelling units, apartment houses, flats and private garages of such
buildings;
(169) "restoration" means returning the existing fabric of a place to a known earlier state by
removing accretions or by reassembling existing components without introducing new
materials;
(170) "road or street" means any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway
carriageway, footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which the
public have a right of passage or access or have passed and have access uninterruptedly
for specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme and includes all bends,
channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees
and hedges, retaining walls fences, barriers and railing within the street lines;
(171) "road or street level or grade" means the officially established elevation or grade of
the centre line of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially established
grade, the existing grade of street at its mid-point;
(172) "road or street line" means the line defining the side limits of a road or street;
(173) "road width" means the whole extent of space within the boundaries of a road, when
applied to a new road or street as laid down in the city survey or development plan or
prescribed road lines by any law and measured at right angles to the course or intended
course of direction of such road;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1673
13
(174) "room height" means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to
the finished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of
the joists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement;
(175) "row buildings" means a row of buildings with only front, rear and interior open
spaces;
(176) "self-certification" means seeking approval of building plans duly prepared and
certified by Architect himself on behalf of the owner of the building and shall be
responsible if there is any contravention of relevant building rules or from the approved
plans, zoning plan and as per parameters or policies issued by the Competent Authority
from time to time;
(177) "semi-detached building" means a building detached on three sides with open space as
specified in these rules;
(178) "service apartments" means a fully furnished apartment available for both short term
as well as long term stays, is provided with minimum a habitable room and provided
with facilities or amenities including parking area and 24 hour front desk service;
(179) "service floor" means the floor of a building with maximum height of 2.4 metres,
where service equipment, such as utility lines and various machinery are located;
(180) "service plans" means the plans showing the details of building and plumbing services
and also plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal system,
rain water harvesting, if any, and other services and submitted to the Competent
Authority as enclosed with the application by the owner or professional engaged in
construction of the said building for seeking approval thereof;
(181) "service road" means a road/lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot for service
purpose;
(182) "service studio" means studio consisting of one room, and a bathroom available for
short or long-term stay. The building consisting of serviced studios shall provide
amenities like laundry space, common kitchen, common room for indoor games or
entertainment. It shall be permissible in shopping arcades or projects in Municipal areas;
(183) "service zone" means a zone on the terrace for services related to building;
(184) "setback" means the peripheral area formed by the minimum horizontal distance
between edge of the property line of the plot or site and building or part thereof facing it,
within which any constructions other than exempted by the Competent Authority, are
prohibited and is meant to provide light, air, ventilation and fire safety to the building
and landscaping in the plot;
(185) "sewage drain" means a drain for conveying solid or liquid filth and waste liquids,
such conduit or pipe being the property of or vested in the Government or public
authority responsible for the disposal of such sewage;
(186) "site corner" means a site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting
roads or streets or open space;
(187) "site depth" means horizontal distance between the front and rear site boundaries;
(188) "site plan" means a detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures,
parking areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on a parcel of
land, as required under these rules;
(189) "site with double frontage" means a site other than corner plot having frontage on two
streets;
(190) "sky bridge or skywalk" means an elevated path-way consisting of an enclosed or
covered bridge between two or more building blocks of a site/ plot, in order to protect
the pedestrians from weather;
(191) "solar panel" means a panel which absorb the sunlight as a source of energy to
generate electricity or heat;
(192) "special area" means the areas shown as such on the Zoning Plan;
(193) "spiral staircase" means a staircase forming winding curve around a central point or
axis;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1674
14
(194) "staircover (or mumty)" means a structure with a roof covering a staircase and its
landing built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from
weather and not used for human habitation;
(195) "standalone project" means any project which is independent with regard to its
location, approach and is not a part of any other project;
(196) "stilt" means poles, posts or pillars or columns used to allow a structure or building to
stand at a distance above the ground and which is of non-habitable use ;
(197) "storage and warehouse building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to
be used either ordinarily or occasionally for the storage or sheltering of goods, wares,
merchandise or any other similar activity, including servicing, processing or repairs
incidental to such storage;
(198) "storey" means the portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and
the surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space
between any floor and the ceiling next above it.
(199) "storm waterdrain or rain water drain" means a drain used or constructed to be used
solely for conveying to any sewer (either directly or through another drain) any rain
water of roofs or grounds surfaces either paved or unpaved but shall not include a rain
water pipe;
(200) "structural engineer" means a person holding the minimum qualifications for a
Structural Engineer i.e. Graduate in Civil Engineering of recognized Indian or foreign
university, or Corporate Member of Civil Engineering Division of Institution of
Engineers (India), and with minimum 3 years experience in structural engineering
practice with designing and field work;
(201) "structural wall" means a load bearing wall or a wall that carries load in addition to its
own load;
(202) "studio apartments" means a self-contained apartment having, single bedroom with
bathroom and kitchenette with or without living room and shall be permissible in
residential projects;
(203) "Supervisor" mean a person who shall have minimum qualifications of Diploma in
Civil Engineering or Architectural Assistantship, or the qualification in architecture or
engineering plus 5 years‘ experience in building design, construction and supervision;
(204) "sub-soil drain" means a drain used or constructed to be used solely for conveying to
any sewer (either directly or through another drain) any water that may percolate
through the sub-soil;
(205) "sun-shade" means a slope or horizontal or vertical structure over hanging, usually
provided over openings on external wall to provide protection from sun and rain and
shall not be used for human habitation;
(206) "surface drainage" means arrangement of removal of water that collects on land
surface;
(207) "temporary building" means a building built of un-burnt bricks, burnt bricks without
mortar, corrugated iron, bamboo, thatch, wood board or plywood but shall not include
building built of burnt bricks, cement blocks or stones laid in mortar;
(208) "Town Planner" means a person holding a graduate or post-graduate degree in Urban
and Regional Planning or Town and Country Planning with valid Associate Membership
of the Institute of Town Planners, India;
(209) "travel distance" means the distance to be travelled from any point in a building to a
protected escape route, external escape route or final exit. However, it is clarified that
the balcony or open to sky area, if any, at the end of the room shall not be counted in
calculation of travel distance;
(210) "underground or overhead tank" means an installation constructed or placed for
storage of water;
(211) "ventilation" means supply of outside air into or the removal of inside air from an
enclosed space either naturally or mechanically or both, so as to improve the general
environment of the building;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1675
15
(212) "verandah" means a covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the
exception of 1.2 metre high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side;
(213) "villa" means a single or duplex house for a single-family with one kitchen only;
(214) "water closet (W.C)"means a water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive
human excrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to
designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed;
(215) "wholesale building" means a building wholly or partly engaged in wholesale trade and
manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities, warehouses and
establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport booking agencies;
(216) "window" means a window opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all
or part of the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not
used as a means of egress or ingress;
(217) "zoned area" means the horizontal spatial limits up to which a building may be
permitted to be constructed on a plot or site; and
(218) "zoning plan" means the plan approved by the Competent Authority showing the
streets, boundaries of building site open spaces position, permissible heights,
permissible uses of land and building site coverage and such other restrictions or
provisions on the use and development of land or buildings.
(2) The words and expressions used in these rules, but not defined, shall have the same meaning
as assigned to them in the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;
Punjab Municipal Act, 1911; Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976; Punjab Town
Improvement Act, 1922, and the rules made there under, as the case may be.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1676
16
PART-II
PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN,
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE
4. Erection or re-erection without permission.- Subject to the provisions of the Act and
other provisions of these rules, no person shall commence the erection or re-erection of
any building on any site without previous sanction of the competent authority, except the
building plans for low-rise buildings approved exclusively under the self-certification
scheme.
5. Design and supervision.- Except where standard design has been supplied by the
competent authority, the architectural design of every building shall be prepared and
signed by an Architect or Civil Engineer and every building operation shall be supervised
by an Architect or a Civil Engineer.
6. Application to erect or re-erect High-Rise (without self-certification).-
(1)
Every person who intends to erect or re-erect a High-Rise building shall make an
application in Form ‗A‘ (Annexure 1) to the Competent Authority along with the following
documents and fee as determined by the competent authority -
(i)
Ownership documents-lease deed or sale deed or possession letter in the name of owner
issued by the allotment authority or permission to use the land issued by Competent
Authority;
(ii)
Soft Copy of Site plan in an un-editable format on any electronic medium along with
hard copies of the plans, if required, as permissible by the Competent Authority from
time to time containing the drawings in ―.dwg‖ format as detailed in sub-rule (3) of rule
6;
(iii)
Soft Copy of Building plan and other plans in an un-editable format on any electronic
medium along with hard copies of the plans, if required, as permissible by the Competent
Authority from time to time containing the drawings in ―.dwg‖ format as detailed in sub-
rule (4)of rule 6;
(iv)
Structural safety drawings (for record) as per Form ‗B‘ (Annexure 2);
(v)
Details of specifications of the work to be executed in Form ‗C‘ (Annexure 3);
(vi)
Fire safety design as required under The Punjab Fire and Emergency Service Act, 2024
(Punjab Act No. 12 of 2024), if applicable;
(vii)
Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning (H.V.A.C.) service plan wherever required;
(viii)
Certificate of conformity to regulation and structural safety for the relevant buildings
(depending upon type and height) in the relevant Form ‗B‘(Annexure 2);
(ix)
Public health services plan in un-editable soft copy in any electronic medium, containing
drawings in ―.dwg‖ format, if required;
(x)
All defined fee shall be deposited in favour of Competent Authority through any
prescribed payment mode, at the rate prescribed by the Government;
(xi)
Royalty charges, as prescribed by the Mining Department for basement construction,
shall be deposited by the applicant with the competent authority responsible for building
plan approval, through any officially prescribed mode of payment. These charges shall be
paid along with the building plan scrutiny fee. The collected royalty charges shall be duly
transferred to the concerned department (i.e., the Mining Department) at the end of each
calendar month;
(xii)
A certificate from the register architect confirming adherence to the planning and
architectural controls specified in the Building Rules, 2025. Additionally, a separate
certificate shall also be submitted by the register architect certifying compliance with fire
safety standards, structural safety norms, and public health service standards. These
certificates shall be accompanied by an appropriate note on the building plan itself,
indicating such compliance;
(xiii)
An undertaking from the owner affirming that the construction will be carried out in full
compliance with the approved building plans, structural design and in adherence to the
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1677
17
planning and architectural controls, fire safety standards, structural safety standards,
public health service standards, and all other regulations as prescribed in the Building
Rules, 2025.
Note:-
(a) The applicant shall submit all kind of plans in electronic format on the online
portal of Competent Authority along with hard copies of the plans, if required.
Competent Authority shall convey objections or observations or sanction or
refusal through online portal or as prescribed mode.
(b) Every person applying under these rules shall appoint an Architect or Engineer
for drawing up of building plans or structural drawings and for the supervision of
erection or re-erection of the building. The supervision of erection or re-erection
of residential or commercial building up to 21 metres height (including stilt) may
be undertaken by the Architect or the Civil Engineer. However, in case of
buildings of above 21 meters height (including stilt), the supervision shall be
undertaken by both the Architect and the Civil Engineer. During construction, if
appointed Architect or Civil Engineer notices that violation (except
compoundable) are going on, he shall intimate the owner and advise him to stop
further construction and remove the violation and will also intimate to the
concerned authority.
(c) The applicant, the Architect and Civil Engineer shall sign the application, plans,
structural drawings, specifications and the certificates as required in the relevant
forms and documents, before making submission to Competent Authority.
(d) In case of row type or semi-detached building where the adjoining building
already exists at the time of re-erection of building, the owner shall submit an
indemnity bond as per Annexure 21, stating that in case of any damage caused to
the adjoining property during construction, the owner will be bound to get the
damages repaired to the satisfaction of the neighbour.
(2)
The size of drawing sheets shall be of standard sizes i.e. A0, A1, A2 or A3.
Note:-
(a) All dimensions in plan shall be indicated in metric units or feet inches.
(b) Various elements of plans (site and building), elevation, section and details shall
be shown in different colours and thickness or type of line, etc., and shall be
preferably prepared in layers and as per Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) Code.
(c) The prints of drawings shall be on one side of paper only.
(3)
Site plan fully dimensioned shall be drawn to a readable scale and shall indicate;
(i)
Boundaries of the site and any contiguous features;
(ii)
Direction of the north point relative to the site of the building;
(iii)
Streets or roads adjoining the site with their width clearly dimensioned and
names, if any, giving also all existing roads, trees, or any other feature or structure
likely to affect the access to the building;
(iv)
Outlines of the proposed building(s);
(v)
Immediate neighbours on all sides identified, whether buildings or vacant plots;
(vi)
Levels of the site and the plinths of the building in relation to those of the
neighbouring roads and also the level of courtyard and open space;
(vii)
Area calculations such as Covered area, Ground Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and
Non-Floor Area Ratio area, Parking calculations, any other relevant calculations
as required;
(viii)
Such other particulars as may be required or specified by the Competent
Authority; and
(ix)
Plot number or revenue particulars of the property on which the building is
intended to be erected.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1678
18
(4)
The Building plans, sections and elevations shall be drawn to a readable scale. The
building plans and details so drawn shall indicate;
(i)
the plans of all the floors including basements and all external elevations and
cross sections illustrating distinctly all the different levels and minimum one
section through staircase;
(ii)
the plinth level of the building with reference to the level of the mean level of
street from where approach to the site is taken;
(iii)
the schedule indicating the size of the doors, windows, openings and other
methods of ventilation of each room or area;
(iv)
the use or occupancy of all parts of the buildings;
(v)
the means of access to the buildings and to its various floors as well as the means
of escape in case of fire, if required under the specific law or code; along with
ramps and steps with respect to the building;
(vi)
in case of proposed additions and alterations in the existing building, all new
works shall be shown on the drawings in distinctive colours along with index;
(vii)
exact location of essential services, for example, water closet, sink, bath and the
like;
(viii)
the method of disposal of waste water, sewage, storm water and water supply in
detail;
(ix)
provision for differently-able person as per rule 50 (wherever applicable);
(x)
provision for photovoltaic solar power plant as per rule 53 (wherever applicable);
(xi)
provision of rain water harvesting system as per rule 54 (wherever applicable);
and
(xii)
indications of the north point relative to the plan.
(5)
Notwithstanding anything stated in the foregoing sub-rules, in the case of low-rise
buildings, as defined in these rules, a single-line diagram plan indicating the zoned area shall be
submitted, accompanied by the details including plot size; setbacks; gate position; area
calculation details including ground coverage, floor area ratio (FAR), non-floor area ratio, total
covered area etc; number of floors; building height; floor-to-floor height; floor-wise usage;
staircase details; travel distance; means of entry and exit; parking details.
In such cases, submission of separate detailed drawings, such as floor plans, sections,
elevations, and service plans, shall not be required.
However, in case of building(s) where third party right shall be created by way of sale,
lease, transfer, allotments, possession, in those cases self-certified detail building plan as
specified in above sub-rules of this rule shall be submitted to the competent authority for record.
7. Procedure for submitting an application through self-certification.-
(I) For sites or plots under the jurisdiction of the Department of Housing and Urban
development.-
(1)
Self-certification by the empanelled architects shall be allowed for all low-rise
building.
However, commercial plots such as Shop-Cum-Offices (SCOs), Shop-Cum-Flats
(SCFs), individual shops, and booths, falling within an approved layout, shall be eligible
for self-certification, provided that a standard design for these structures has been
approved by the Competent Authority.
(2)
The building plans for such low-rise buildings shall be approved exclusively under the
self-certification scheme.
(3)
Procedure for self-certification scheme for sites or plots under the jurisdiction of the
Department of Housing and Urban development is as follows, namely:-
(i)
Any person intending to erect or re-erect a building is required to submit building
plans approved under self-certification through an empanelled Architect by
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1679
19
submitting Form ‗A‘, along with all necessary documents as specified in rule 6 of
these rules, to the Competent Authority. The submitted plans must be duly signed
and bear a stamp marked ―sanctioned‖ under the self-certification scheme.
Additionally, the applicant is required to give a seven days advance notice to the
Competent Authority, informing the proposed date for the commencement of
construction. If the Competent Authority does not raise any objections within this
period, the applicant may proceed with the construction of the proposed building.
(ii)
The building plan submitted must conform to the provisions of these rules as
amended from time to time and approved zoning plan (where applicable). To
certify this compliance, a declaration must be provided on the building plan itself
as under:
“Certified that the building plan adheres to the zoning plan Drg. No.
........ Dated..... (where applicable) and complies with 'The Punjab Unified
Building Rules, 2025' as amended from time to time.
Architect
Seal with signature”
(iii)
Along with the building plan submission, the following certificates and
undertakings are also required to be submitted to ensure compliance with the
provisions of the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025, as well as other relevant
standards and codes:
(A) A certificate shall be provided by the empanelled architect confirming
adherence to the planning and architectural controls specified in the Building
Rules, 2025. Additionally, a separate certificate shall also be submitted by the
empanelled architect certifying compliance with fire safety standards,
structural safety norms, and public health service standards. These certificates
shall be accompanied by an appropriate note on the building plan itself,
indicating such compliance.
Furthermore, the empanelled architect certifies as follows, namely:-
(a) That he/she is fully conversant with the provisions of the Punjab
Unified Building Rules, 2025 and other applicable instructions or
regulations, which are in force (and also amended from time to time).
(b) That plans have been prepared as per the terms and conditions of
approved Change of Land Use or Layout or Zoning Plan and have also
been prepared within the framework of provisions applicable Building
Rules or Regulations and Development Controls.
(c) That plan is in conformity to structural safety norms, and fire and life
safety norms.
(d) That he/she has seen the originals of all the documents uploaded and
nothing has been concealed thereof.
(e) That all the requisite documents or No Objection Certificate (NOC)
required to be submitted along with plans.
(B) The owner shall also submit an undertaking affirming that the construction
will be carried out in full compliance with the approved building plans,
structural design and in adherence to the planning and architectural controls,
fire safety standards, structural safety standards, public health service
standards, and all other regulations as prescribed in the Building Rules, 2025.
Furthermore, the owner or applicant certifies as follows, namely:-
(a) That he/she has appointed the Empanelled Architects, as the case may
be for getting approval under Self-Certification Scheme.
(b) That he/she is the owner or authorized signatory for the site or plot.
(c) There is no legal dispute regarding the site or plot.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1680
20
(d) That construction of the building will be undertaken as per the
approved building plans and structural design given by the Architect
and Structural Engineer.
(e)
That the construction shall be carried out under the supervision of
qualified professionals as specified in these rules.
(f)
That he/she shall be solely responsible for any damage or loss
incurred during the construction of the building.
(iv)
After receiving the above documents, the competent authority issues an auto-
generation receipt mentioning that documents have been received and are being
kept in the office for record with this understanding that these plans have been
prepared as per the terms and conditions of approved Change of Land Use or
Layout or Zoning Plan and have also been prepared within the framework of
provisions applicable Building Rules or Regulations and Development Controls.
The competent authority may convey within seven days to the applicant regarding
discrepancies in the building plans, if any along with any default restricting the
approval of building plans and the applicant shall be bound to rectify the
discrepancies in building plans or to submit the required documents or payment if
any before start of the construction otherwise submitted plan shall be taken as
deemed approved.
(4)
The Competent Authority, or any authorized person or designated officer, reserves the
right to check the building plans and construction at any stage, and violations (except
compoundable ones), if found shall have to be rectified by the owner/ applicant. In case
the owner or applicant fails to rectify the violations, the Competent Authority may take
necessary steps to remove the violations. Action shall also be taken against the defaulting
Architect in case plans are wrongly certified. The Competent Authority may cancel the
empanelment or refer the matter to the Council of Architecture for misconduct and for
debarring or blacklisting the Architect. All rectifications shall be at the risk and cost of
the owner and no plea of the owner shall be entertained for any default committed by the
Architect engaged by him. In all such cases, the owner or applicant shall be required to
submit corrected and duly certified plans to the Competent Authority for its review and
approval.
(5)
If a building is erected or re-erected or construction work is commenced in contravention
to any of the building regulations, the Competent Authority or any other person
authorized by competent authority, shall be competent to alter or demolish, by a written
notice delivered to the owner. Such notice shall also specify the period during which such
alteration or demolition has to be completed and if the notice is not complied with, the
Competent Authority or any other person authorized by him may demolish the said
building at the expense of the owner.
Note:-
(a) The decision of Competent Authority, in case of any dispute shall be final and
binding on all concerned.
(b) At any stage during construction, if an Architect or Civil Engineer notices that
violations (except compoundable ones) are taking place, he shall intimate to the
concerned authority of such violations and stop further supervision. He shall also
intimate the allottee about the violations and advise him to stop further
construction. Complete details along with photographs shall be submitted to the
concerned authority. The Competent Authority shall immediately issue a notice to
the owner on the basis of the Architect’s or Civil Engineer's certificate to suspend
further work and rectify violations. In such cases the owner shall be held
responsible for further additions in violations. Such a situation shall
automatically annul the process of self-certification and the owner may, after
removal of violations, engage an Architect for preparing the revised drawings. In
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1681
21
such cases completion shall be given only after scrutiny of revised drawings and
inspection of site.
(c) After submission of application or during the construction of building, if the
Owner or Architect or Civil Engineer or Structural Engineer are changed, the
applicant shall intimate the Competent Authority by email or online building plan
approval system or otherwise in writing that he is no longer responsible for the
project from the date of actual dispatch of the letter. The information must be sent
within seven days of occurrence of the change to the Competent Authority by the
respective owner or Architect or Engineer. The construction work shall have to be
suspended until the new owner or Architect or Civil Engineer or Structural
Engineer, as case may be, undertakes the full responsibility of the project vide
forms and documents submitted at the time of applying for erection or re-erection
of the building within seven days of his taking over. Owner’s intimation regarding
change of name of professionals shall be considered to be final by the Competent
Authority or any other person authorized by him.
(II) For sites or plots under the jurisdiction of Department of Local Government.
(1)
Self-certification for all categories of building plans and completion or occupation
(upto height 21m):
The Third Party Certification (Self Certification) for all categories of the building
plans upto height 21m shall be approved exclusively under the self-certification
scheme.
Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be, empanelled
under Self Certification Scheme on the eNaksha portal shall be authorized to issue
building Plans as per the provisions and as per the following procedure.
(2)
Procedure for Self-Certification:-
(i)
The list of Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may
be empanelled under Self Certification Scheme shall be displayed in eNaksha
portal. Only those who are duly empanelled can apply under Self Certification
Scheme.
(ii)
In case of plots allotted from any Government Authority or Agency like
Improvement trusts etc.; NOC and no due certificates from the authority
concerned shall be mandatory.
(iii)
Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer.
(iv)
The Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be,
empanelled under the Self-Certification Scheme shall have to upload all the
mandatory documents as per the check list of eNaksha portal. The following
documents or information will be submitted by the ―Empanelled Architects or
Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, along with
application:
(a) Proof of empanelment under the Self Certification Scheme with the
concerned Municipal Authority.
(b) Proof of appointment as ―Empanelled Architects or Engineers or
Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, by the plot owner for
certification of the Building Plan under the Self Certification Scheme and
supervision of the construction.
(c) Building plan scrutiny or processing fee and other applicable fees or taxes
etc.
(v)
This is to be certified by an Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or
Supervisors, as the case may be, that.-
(a) he/she is fully conversant with the provisions of the Punjab Unified
Building rules, 2025 and other applicable instructions or regulations and
Section
262 (2a)
of
PMC
Act 1976,
240(zzz)
of
PM
Act 1911,
73 (xv) of
PTI
Act
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1682
22
development controls which are in force (and also amended from time to
time).
(b) plans have been prepared within the framework of provisions of the
Master Plan and applicable Building Rules or Regulations.
(c) site does not fall in any prohibited area or government land or
encroachment or any other land or restricted for building construction or
in any unauthorized colony.
(d) plan is in conformity to structural safety norms.
(e) he/she has seen the originals of all the documents uploaded and nothing
has been concealed thereof.
(f) all the requisite documents or No Objection Certificate (NOC) required to
be uploaded have been uploaded on eNaksha portal along with plan.
(vi)
This is to be certified by an Owner, that.-
(a) he/she has appointed the Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers
or Supervisors, as the case may be for getting approval under Self-
Certification Scheme.
(b) he/she is the sole owner of the site.
(c) there is no dispute regarding the site
(d) construction of the building will be undertaken as per the approved
building plans and structural design given by the Structural Engineer.
(vii)
Once the Online Portal (eNaksha) of Local Government Punjab clears the
Building Plan, it would be approved automatically and digitally counter signed by
the concerned Commissioner Municipal Corporation (CMC) or Executive Officer
(EO) of the Municipal Corporation or Municipal Council or Nagar Panchayat.
This counter signature will bear the phrase that the plan has been sanctioned in
view of Self-Certification by Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors,
as the case may be. Further, Municipal Corporation or Municipal Council or
Nagar Panchayat reserves the right to verify the plan.
(viii)
The fees or charges would be auto-calculated by the software on the basis of the
information filled up by the Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or
Supervisors, as the case may be.
(ix)
Concerned ―Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as
the case may be can download the approved plan after deposition of the requisite
fee or charges. This process is without any intervention from the concerned
Municipal Authority.
(x)
Concerned Commissioner Municipal Corporation (CMC) or Executive Officer
(EO) of the Municipal Authority shall get the plan verified as required within 10
days and after the lapse of 10 days the construction can be started. Authority shall
verify the title document and scrutinize the interpretation of Development Code
or Zoning Regulations and the building plan.
(xi)
The owner shall display at site the name of the ―Empanelled Architects or
Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, along with Building
Application number etc.
(xii)
If the owner or Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case
may be as specified in the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 submits a wrong
report while self-certifying Building Plan or if any additional construction or
violation is reported to exist at site at the time of proposal of new construction or
conceals any fact or falsely justifies or misstates, they shall be jointly and
severally held responsible for such omission along with the owner. Further, if it is
emerged that the information is concealed by the Architects or Engineers or
Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be; necessary penal proceedings will be
initiated along with debarring Architects or Engineers or Designers or
Supervisors, as the case may be from practicing in any of the Urban Local Bodies
(ULBs) of Punjab. The Applicant shall be liable for punishment which includes
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1683
23
levy of penalty, demolition or sealing of the property as per the provisions of the
Punjab Municipal Act, 1911 or the Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976 or
the Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922 or the Punjab Unified Building Rules
as applicable.
8. Standard design and architectural controls.- Where the applicant intends to construct a
building in accordance with a standard design, approved by the competent authority
concerned, he shall obtain a copy of the same before starting the construction and notify
the competent authority accordingly of the site and design. In such cases, he shall not be
required to submit any building plan. However, site plans showing access, building
footprint and all other aspects as per sub-rule (3) of rule 6 above should be submitted.
Only the design plans can be indicated referring to standard design names or numbers:
Provided that if the owner proposes certain permitted modifications in the
standard design or the architectural controls, then he shall get the plan approved under
self certification from the empanelled architect.
9. Preparation of building plans of Government Departments.- The Government
Departments intending to erect or re-erect building shall get their building plans prepared
from the Department of Architecture of State Government or Central Government
conforming to these building rules and provisions of respective Master Plans and shall
issue a certificate specifying that the provisions of these building rules and respective
Master Plans have been followed in all respects. Such plans shall be submitted to the
Competent Authority for information and record before commencement of erection or re-
erection of the building.
However, if the building plans are prepared by any other Architect, the same shall
be submitted to Competent Authority for approval or shall get approval under self-
certification, as the case may be.
10. Scope of scrutiny of Building Plans by the Competent Authority. - (1) The building
plans received under the self-certification scheme shall not be scrutinized by the
department. However, random checking may be done, in case of any contravention found
with these rules, an action shall be taken against the defaulting Architect or owner as per
the sub-rule (4) of rule 7.
(2)
Building plans, other than those submitted under the self-certification scheme, shall be
examined by the competent authority solely with respect to the following aspects:-
(i)
Statutory and Planning Conformity
(a) Compliance with terms and conditions of Change of Land Use or Allotment
Letter or Layout Plan or Zoning Plan.
(ii)
Site and Building Parameters
(a) Site dimensions and area;
(b) Ground coverage as per prescribed norms;
(c) Covered Area and Floor Area Ratio;
(d) Area Detail including additional Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio;
(e) Setbacks, including provisions for Fire Tender movement;
(f) Allocation of Amenity Open Space;
(g) Green Area or Playground;
(h) Adherence to limits on the overall height of the building;
(i) Provision of adequate parking spaces;
(j) Compliance with prescribed width and positioning of entry or exit gates;
(k) Staircase detail, Travel Distance;
(l) Means of access;
(m) Numbers of Floor, floor to floor height.
Note: Fee for covered area including fee for additional Ground Coverage
and Floor Area Ratio to be calculated as per the area details
mentioned on submitted drawings.
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1684
24
(iii)
Safety and Infrastructure Considerations
(a) Maintenance of clearance zones along High Tension (HT) electricity lines.
(b) No Construction Zones and Green Buffers adjacent to railway lines, water
channels, and water bodies.
(c) Verification of road widening, if any as per the terms and conditions of Master
Plans, Change of Land Use approval, Layout Plan approval and Zoning Plan
approval. The applicant shall also provide for setbacks as per this undertaking,
where applicable.
(d) Location Restrictions under Applicable Laws.
(iv)
Confirmation that the building is not located in any prohibited area under
the following or other relevant laws; namely:-
(a) The Defence Act, 1903.
(b) The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958.
(c) Eco-Sensitive Zones declared under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
(d) Lands covered under the Punjab Land Preservation Act (PLPA).
(e) Any other prohibitory provisions under applicable State or Central Acts.
(v)
Ownership and Permission Requirements
In the case of buildings proposed on land owned by the State Government,
Central Government, Public Undertakings, or Waqf Board, approval shall not
be considered without the written consent of the concerned department.
(vi)
Fire Safety Compliance
(a) Submission of a Provisional Fire Safety Certificate as mandated by the
Punjab Fire Safety and Emergency Services Act is required along with the
building plan.
(b) The Final Fire Safety Certificate is mandatory prior to issuance of the
Completion Certificate.
(vii)
Construction Inspection and Accessibility
(a) The authority may conduct construction site inspections and require
corrective actions to ensure compliance.
(b) The building shall conform to the requirements for accessibility for persons
with disabilities, in accordance with applicable guidelines and norms.
(3)
The competent authority shall scrutinize only the key aspects as mentioned above.
The architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for ensuring that the
building plans submitted are fully compliant with these Building Rules; the provisions of
the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development (PRTPD) Act, 1995; and
Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town
Improvement Act, 1922, the rules framed there under, as the case may be and all other
applicable regulations. The architect‘s certificate submitted with the building plans shall
include a declaration to this effect. The architect and owner shall be solely responsible for
any discrepancies identified in the building plans at any stage of review or construction.
11. Completion certificate.- (1) Applicant shall submit a Notice of Completion of the building
to the Competent Authority regarding completion of the work as per approved plans. The
notice of completion shall be submitted by the Owner through Architect and Engineer as
engaged for building plan design who fulfils the specified qualifications mentioned in
Annexure 13, or as the case may be, who has supervised the construction, in the Performa
given in Form- ‗F‘ and ‗G‘ respectively (Annexure 6 and Annexure 7), accompanied by
three copies of completion plan and the following documents along with the prescribed
fee, namely: -
(i)
Copy of all inspection reports of the Authority e.g. Fire Safety, Structural Safety,
Green Building (if applicable) etc;
(ii)
Detail of compoundable violations from the approved building plans, if any in the
building, shall be submitted jointly by the owner, Architect along with demand
draft or any other method specified by the competent authority for the due
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1685
25
payment for compounding charges, if applicable at the rates specified by the
competent authority;
(iii)
Complete Completion drawings or as-built drawings - certified by the Architect;
(iv)
Photographs of front, side, rear setbacks, front and rear elevation of the building
shall be submitted along with photographs of essential areas like cut outs and
shafts from the roof top. An un-editable compact disc or DVD or any other
electronic media containing all photographs shall also be submitted;
(v)
Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer;
(vi)
Certificate of fitness of the lift from concerned Department wherever required;
(vii)
A Certificate of fitment of public health services, duly issued by a registered
plumber.
(viii)
A Certificate of fitment of electrical wiring and equipment, duly issued by a
licensed electrical engineer.
(ix)
Certificate from the Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA), if applicable,
for installation of Rooftop Solar Photo Voltaic Power Plant in accordance to
orders/ policies issued by the Renewable Energy Department from time to time;
(x)
Completion Certificate or Final Certificate or No Objection Certificate from the
rating agencies (Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design or Indian Green Building Council or any other
agency certified by Government of India) for green building or Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (BEE), Certified Energy Auditor for Green Building or constructing
building in accordance to the provision of Punjab Energy Conservation Building
Code (PECBC), wherever applicable;
(xi)
No Objection Certificate (NOC) of fire safety of building from concerned Fire
Officer or an officer or fire consultant authorized for the purpose;
(xii)
Wherever applicable, No Objection Certificate(s) (NOCs) from the National
Highways Authority of India (NHAI), Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB),
Department of Drainage, Department of Forests, or any other competent authority
or department or agency, as the case may be.
(xiii)
For high-rise building or project which involve third party rights, a third-party
audit report along with certificate for structural safety, fire safety, and
environmental compliance.
(xiv)
A Certificate of Registration of the project with the Real Estate Regulatory
Authority (RERA), Punjab, where the project involves third-party rights.
(xv)
Any other information or document that the Authority may deem fit.
(2)
The building plans submitted for issuance of completion certificate shall be examined by
the competent authority only with reference to the aspects specified in sub rule (2) of rule
10. However, the architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for
ensuring that the building plans submitted for issuance of completion certificate are fully
compliant with these Building Rules, the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town
Planning and Development (PRTPD) Act, 1995, the rules framed there under, and Punjab
Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town
Improvement Act, 1922, as the case may be and all other applicable regulations. The
architect‘s completion certificate submitted along with the building plans shall include a
declaration affirming such compliance.
(3)
The Partial Completion Certificate may be granted upon fulfillment of the following
category-specific criteria; namely:-
(i)
in case of SCO‟s (shop-cum-office) or shops, the partial completion certificate
may be granted subject to the condition that construction of ground floor is
completed along with public safety measure;
(ii)
in case of a residential house, the partial completion certificate may be granted
for partially constructed building with at least one habitable room, one water
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1686
26
closet and one kitchen as per the sanctioned plan, shall be completed and duly
functional;
(iii)
in case of non-residential buildings, the Partial Completion Certificate may be
granted for partially constructed buildings subject to the minimum completion of
25 percent construction of the availed total floor area, along with all the required
public utilities, public safety measures, and site development.
(iv)
completion of individual block or building may be permitted by the competent
authority in accordance with the construction work completed phase wise;
(v)
in case of high-rise buildings, partial completion certificate may be issued if the
superstructure of the building has been constructed as per approved plans and all
common facilities such as corridors, staircases, lifts, toilets, and related
infrastructure are fully completed and functional. Additionally, essential services
like electrical wiring, plumbing, and fire safety systems shall be installed and
tested, and structural stability along with safety measures such as fire exits and
emergency access shall be ensured as per applicable norms.; and
(vi)
the minimum Built up area (FAR area) as mentioned below shall have to be
constructed to obtain partial completion certificate for industrial buildings:
Table 1: Minimum Built up area (FAR area) to obtain partial completion
certificate for industrial buildings
Serial
No.
Area of site
Percentage of permissible ground
coverage area
I.
Upto 2 acre
25%
II.
Above 2 acre and upto 5 acres
20%
III.
Above 5 acres
15%
(4)
No building shall be considered complete unless the following works are executed
to the satisfaction of the Competent Authority; namely:-
(i)
The building shall be constructed strictly in accordance with the sanctioned
building plan. Any deviations from the approved plan shall be regularized or
compounded as per applicable laws or policies.
(ii)
The Applicant shall comply with all terms and conditions stipulated in the
auction, allotment, change of land use, building plan approval, and zoning plan, as
well as those specified in the respective approval letters or No Objection
Certificates (NOCs) issued by the competent authority.
(iii)
The Applicant shall comply with all terms and conditions stipulated in the No
Objection Certificates (NOCs) and approvals issued by any department, authority,
or government agency.
(iv)
Certified fire-fighting systems shall be installed as per The Punjab Fire Safety act.
All fire escape infrastructure such as exits, corridors, staircases, and
compartmentation, shall conform to the provisions of this act. A valid ‗No
Objection Certificate‘ (NOC) from the Fire Department or authorized fire
consultant shall be submitted.
(v)
All site development works including approach roads, internal circulation roads,
footpaths, street lighting, stormwater drains, culverts, boundary walls, and
landscaping shall be completed in accordance with the approved site plan.
(vi)
All parking areas, driveways, and circulation spaces shall be paved, marked, and
made operational as per the sanctioned plan. Proportionate parking for the portion
under partial completion shall also be ensured.
(vii)
Parks, green belts, and open spaces earmarked in the sanctioned plan shall be
developed with plantation, irrigation arrangements, and pathways.
(viii)
Provision of street lighting, water supply lines, sewerage networks, and
stormwater drainage within the site shall be completed.
(ix)
Proper stormwater drainage and rainwater harvesting systems shall be installed
and made functional, where mandated.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1687
27
(x)
Functional water supply and electricity connections shall be established.
(xi)
Operational waste management systems, including garbage disposal and
segregation facilities, shall be in place.
(xii)
Adequate sanitation facilities or infrastructure including toilets, septic tanks, and
sewer connections shall be provided and completed in accordance with Bureau of
Indian Standards (BIS) standards.
(xiii)
All common areas such as staircases, corridors, lifts, and parking spaces shall be
completed in all respects and operational.
(xiv)
Accessibility Compliance adherence to standards for persons with disabilities
(ramps, lifts, tactile indicators, etc.) as specified in National building Code of
India, 2016, Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016‘ (Central Act 49 of
2016) and ‗Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built
Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016.
(xv)
For group housing, commercial complexes, or large campuses, all designated
amenity areas such as playground or park, community halls, clubhouses, or
crèches shall be developed proportionately to the phase for which completion is
sought.
(xvi)
All applicable fees and development charges shall be paid in full, and No Due
Certificate shall be submitted before completion.
(xvii)
The Applicant shall, wherever applicable, obtain the requisite No Objection
Certificate(s) or approvals from the Department of Drainage, Department of
Forests, or any other competent department or authority prior to completion.
(xviii)
Wherever applicable, in accordance with the guidelines of the Punjab Pollution
Control Board (PPCB), the project proponent shall obtain the necessary
environmental clearances, including the Consent to Establish (CTE) and Consent
to Operate (CTO).
(xix)
Where applicable, Environmental Impact Assessment shall be obtained.
(xx)
For high-rise or large-scale projects, a third-party audit report on structural safety,
fire safety, and environmental compliance may be required by the Competent
Authority.
(xxi)
Any deficiencies identified by the Competent Authority shall be rectified prior to
certificate issuance.
(xxii)
Any false declaration or submission of misleading documents shall attract
penalties under relevant laws.
Note:-
(a) A Partial Completion Certificate may be issued for a specific block, tower, or
floor, as specified in sub-rule (3) above, provided that the designated portion is
fully constructed, self-contained, and suitable for independent occupancy. All
essential services, including fire safety systems, elevators, utilities, staircase,
corridors and other infrastructure, shall be operational within that area.
Furthermore, proportionate parking spaces and common facilities should be
made available to support its use. Access roads and approaches must be
completed up to the concerned portion to ensure seamless connectivity and
functionality.
(b) In cases where third-party rights are involved, all applicable provisions of the
completion policy notified by the government shall be adhered to.
(c) For projects registered under Real Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA),
compliance with all provisions of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development)
Act, 2016 shall be mandatory prior to issuance of Completion Certificate.
(5)
The Competent Authority on receipt of the notice of completion shall inspect the work
and communicate the approval or refusal, or objection thereto, in the Performa given in
Form- H within 30 days from the receipt of notice of completion. However, the
Competent Authority may also seek compounding charges of compoundable violations
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1688
28
which are compoundable before issuance of completion certificate. If nothing is
communicated within this period, it shall be deemed to have been approved for
completion provided that the fact is immediately brought to the notice of Competent
Authority in writing by the person, who had given the notice and has not received any
intimation from the Competent Authority within prescribed period. Where the completion
certificate is refused, the reasons shall be intimated for rejecting in the first instance itself.
(6)
For low-rise buildings, the completion certificate shall be issued by the Empanelled
Architect under the process of self-certification. The Empanelled Architect shall submit
the detailed "as-built" completion plans, as specified in rule 6 or any other relevant detail
or plan as required, duly signed with stamp to the Competent Authority along with all
requisite documents and No Objection Certificates (NOCs), for official record.
The submitted completion plans must conform to the provisions of The Punjab
Urban Planning and Development Building Rules, 2025, as amended from time to time,
and to the approved zoning plan. To certify this compliance, the following declaration
must be included on the building plan:
"Certified that the completion plans adhere to the zoning plan Drg. No.
______ dated_______and comply with 'The Punjab Urban Planning and
Development Building Rules, 2025' as amended from time to time.
Architect
(Seal and Signature)”
Furthermore, in case of any addition in ground coverage or FAR, or deviations in
floor plans from the approved building plans, provided such changes are within the
permissible limits and in conformity with the provisions of these building rules, the
Architect shall clearly indicate the modifications in the submitted completion plan and
shall be responsible for calculating and ensuring payment of the applicable charges
accordingly.
(7)
If the Architect or Engineer engaged by the owner or applicant submits a wrong report
while making application under these rules or if any additional construction or violation
is reported to exist at site or has concealed any fact or misrepresented regarding
completion of construction of building along with its eligibility for seeking completion
certificate or before the completion of such report, he shall be jointly and severally held
responsible for such omission and complaint against the Architect or Engineer for
suspension of his registration and the owner shall be liable to pay for the penalty as may
be decided by the competent authority after giving an opportunity of hearing. Further, if it
is emerged that the information is concealed by the Architect or Engineer, necessary
penal proceedings shall be initiated along with debarring such Engineer or Architect from
practicing in the State of Punjab.
Note:-
(a) Any minor deviations observed during the completion stage of building plans;
such as internal changes in room layout, door or window positions, location of
toilets, re location of public health features (e.g., rainwater harvesting pit, water
tank, sewage treatment plant, manholes, inspection chambers), or changes in the
position of mechanical and electrical installations, as well as structural
alterations involving columns and beams (excluding core areas like staircases
and lifts); which are in conformity with the applicable building rules and other
regulations, shall be considered compoundable without any charges.
(b) A rebate of 20% in the charges for additional ground coverage and FAR (Floor
Area Ratio) shall be admissible, provided the same is duly approved and the
applicable charges are paid at the time of building plan approval.
(c) Under no circumstances shall ground coverage and FAR exceeding the
permissible additional limits be allowed
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1689
29
(d) Ground coverage and FAR exceeding the permissible additional limits shall, in no
case, be compoundable.
12. Occupation certificate.- (1) Applicant shall apply for obtaining occupation certificate of
the building to the Competent Authority for which completion certificate has already
been issued as specified in Form ―I‖. No owner or applicant shall occupy or allow any
other person to occupy building or part of a building or any portion whatsoever, until
such building or part thereof has been issued Occupation Certificate by the Competent
Authority after checking and found fit to occupy the building.
(2)
After receipt of application, the Competent Authority shall communicate in writing within
30 days, his decision for grant or refusal of such permission for occupation of the
building in Form ‗J‘. The E-register shall be maintained as specified in these rules for
maintaining record in respect of Occupation Certificate. If no communication is received
from the Competent Authority within 30 days of submitting the application for
―Occupation Certificate‖, the owner is permitted to occupy the building, considering
deemed issuance of ―Occupation certificate‖ and the application Form-D shall act as
―Occupation Certificate‖. However, the competent authority may check the violations
made by the owner and take suitable action.
(3)
In case, after the issuance of occupation certificate, if found at any stage that
building(s) is unsafe to use or occupy or the building is used for some other purpose
against the permission or make any addition or alteration in the building without
approval, then, after affording personal hearing to the owner, the Competent Authority
may pass orders for revocation of occupation permission and the same shall be restored
only after removal of violations.
Note:-
In case of Non-RERA projects, occupation certificate may be issued along with
completion certificate by the same competent authority, subject to the fulfilment of all
requirements as mentioned in these rules.
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a)
of
P.A.
No.
42 of 1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1690
30
PART III
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL
13. Power of the Competent Authority to sanction or refuse erection or re-erection.-
(1) The competent authority shall refuse to sanction the erection or re-erection of any
building, if it is in contravention of any of the provisions of these rules.
(2) The Competent Authority may sanction the erection or re-erection of any building either
absolutely or subject to such modification in accordance with these rules as it may deem
fit and one copy of the sanctioned plans shall be sent to applicant.
(3) The intimation of sanction or rejection of the building plans shall be given in Form 'D'.
(4) The competent authority shall incorporate the following conditions in sanction letter;
namely:-
(i)
The competent authority has scrutinized the only key aspects mentioned in the
rule 10 of 'the Punjab Urban planning and Development Building rules, 2025'.
However, architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for
ensuring that the building plan submitted is fully compliant with said Building
Rules; the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and
Development Act, the rules made there under; and Punjab Municipal Act,
1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town Improvement
Act, 1922, the rules made there under; as the case may be and all other
applicable regulations.
(ii)
The building plans are hereby approved on the basis of Architect's Certificate
submitted with the building plan that the said building plans are compliant with
the 'Punjab Urban planning and Development Building rules, 2025'; the
provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development
(PRTPD) Act, 1995; the rules made there under; and Punjab Municipal Act,
1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town Improvement
Act, 1922, the rules made there under; as the case may be and all other
applicable regulations.
(iii)
The Approved Building Plan shall deem to be cancelled in case of any
discrepancies found in the approved plans at any stage.
(iv)
The applicant shall be required to obtain and maintain collective insurance
coverage for all building and construction workers engaged at the site,
protecting against injury, disability, or loss of life, and shall provide valid proof
of such insurance during inspections conducted throughout the construction
period.
Disclaimer:
Although due care has been taken while approving the building plan in accordance
with the technical norms and title of land. But this approval does not confer any right
to violate any rule or guidelines of this department or any other department and also
not provide any right for any illegal construction.
In case any violation found at any stage, owner shall be liable to rectify the
same and get the revised building plans approved accordingly immediately.
14. Presumption of sanction.- If the competent authority fails to convey approval or rejection
within the period as notified by the Government on the receipt from any person of a valid
application, complete in all respect to erect or re-erect a building, the plans shall without
prejudice to the provisions of these rules and the restrictions specified for erection or re-
erection of buildings, be deemed to have been sanctioned and the applicant may proceed
with the erection or re-erection of building or carryout any development work as
described in the application and in any accompanying documents, but not so as to
contravene any of the provisions of the Act and rules made thereunder and the restriction
specified for erection or re-erection of buildings.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No.
4
of
1922.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of
1995,
262 (2a) of
P.A. No. 42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No.
4
of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1691
31
15. Validity period of sanction.- Every sanction for the erection or re-erection of any building
or carrying out any development work shall remain in force, unless it is modified or
cancelled by the Competent Authority by due process of law.
In order to provide continuity between the previously notified building rules and
these rules, and to safeguard approvals already granted, the following provisions shall
apply; namely:-
(1)
Validity of Prior Approvals.- All building plans and projects duly sanctioned by the
Competent Authority prior to the enforcement of these rules shall remain valid and shall
continue to be governed by the provisions, standards, and conditions under which such
approval was originally granted.
(2)
Ongoing or Partially Commenced Projects. - (a) In cases, except individual
residential plots where construction of certain blocks has commenced prior to the
enforcement of these rules, revisions may be permitted in accordance with the provisions,
standards, and conditions outlined under these rules. However, additional Floor Area
Ratio (FAR), in such cases, shall be allowed only in the vacant pockets available for
re-planning subject to the fulfilment of these rules and shall not be permitted on the
existing build(s). Such revisions shall be subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by the
Competent Authority. The applicant shall be liable to ratify, modify, or demolish any part
of the building, structure, or services at their own cost, as required by the Competent
Authority or as per the approved plans.
Furthermore, where third-party rights have been created, the promoter shall be
bound to comply with the applicable provisions of the Punjab Apartment and Property
Regulation Act (PAPRA) and the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act
(RERA).
(b) In respect of blocks where construction has not commenced prior to the enforcement
of these rules, applicants may, at their discretion, seek cancellation of the approval for
such blocks and submit revised plans conforming to these rules. Such revisions shall be
subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by the Competent Authority as new blocks.
(3)
Projects Not Commenced.- Where no construction has been commenced prior to the
enforcement of these rules, the applicant may, at their discretion, request cancellation of
the sanctioned plans. The Competent Authority may, upon such request, cancel the
sanctioned plans. The applicant may thereafter apply for fresh approval in conformity
with these rules, and such applications shall be subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by
the Competent Authority.
(4)
Pending Applications.- Applications submitted prior to the enforcement of these rules
but not yet sanctioned shall be examined under the provisions of these rules, unless
otherwise directed by the Competent Authority.
Note:-
For sites already auctioned by the Government, development authorities, or other
government agencies, the applicable ground coverage, FAR and purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the auction and allotment
documents for the respective site or plot.
16. Submission of revised building plans in case of major alterations.- (1) If during the
construction of a building, any major deviation from the sanctioned plan is intended to be
made, approval of the Competent Authority for the same may be obtained before the
change is made. The revised plan showing the deviations shall be submitted and the
procedure laid down for the sanction of building plan as specified in these rules shall be
followed for all revised plans, along with the balance scrutiny fee, if any.
(2) The building approval is not necessary for compoundable alterations or violations, which
do not otherwise violate any provisions regarding general building requirements, structural
stability and fire safety requirements of these rules.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No.
4
of
1922.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1692
32
17. Revocation of sanction.- The sanction granted under these rules can be revoked by the
Competent Authority, if it is found that such sanction has been obtained by the owner by
misrepresentation of material facts or fraudulent document submitted along with the
building plan application or otherwise or the majority of construction is not being done in
accordance with the sanction granted.
18. Maintenance of record.- An record shall be maintained for all building applications
received, permissions given or deemed to have been given or refused or returned under these
rules.
19. Damp proof course certificate.- The owner shall submit a certification from an Architect
or Civil Engineer to the effect that the construction of building upto damp proof course level
is as per sanctioned plan.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1693
33
PART IV
PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL CONTROLS
A. FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING
AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
(RULES 20 TO 28)
20. Compliance of zoning plan or standard design or architectural control sheets and
master plan or zonal plan. – In addition to these rules, the erection or re-erection of any
building(s) and uses thereof as well as activities permissible therein shall comply with the
provisions of the Zoning Plan or Standard Design or Architectural Control Sheets;
schedule of clauses appended thereto and use of the site shall conform to the Master Plan
or Zonal Plan of the area.
21. Compliance to Special Area development and control as per Master Plan or Zonal
Plan.- For the planned and regulated development of all ‗Special Areas‘ with specific
emphasis on harmonious development with public spaces, the planning and development
shall be undertaken by specially formulated Form Based Codes (FBCs) for each such
‗Special Area‘, namely:-
(1) Planning authority to delineate ―Form Based Zoning Districts‖ within the Master or
Zonal Plan for special consideration of planning with integrated Public spaces;
(2) Form Based Zoning Districts (FBCs) to be formulated for each such Form Based
Zoning Districts (FBZDs) with Single or Multiple Regulating Plans as necessary to
cover the entire delineated special area;
(3) Space Use matrix along with Form Based Codes (FBC) development standards, for
each Form Based Zoning District (FBZD) as formulated in the Form Based Codes
(FBC)are to be used for site layouts and building designs for all types of buildings; and
(4) Form Based Codes (FBC) standards of flexible and adaptive designs shall be
superseding, overriding all stipulations from rule 22 to rule 27 of these rules for all
types of buildings in the respective Form Based Zoning Districts (FBZDs).
22. Residential.- (1) The residential building of various types shall be governed by following
norms, namely:-
Table 2: Residential Plots or Villas falling in approved Layout Plan; (Except Affordable
and Economical Weaker Section Housing)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum
Approach
Road
(i)
For plot area upto 200sq.yd (167.225 sq.m): 30'-0" (9m), (only
in case of new projects and development.)
(ii)
For plot area above 200sq.yd (167.225 sq.m): 40'-0" (12m)
II.
Minimum
Plot Size
60 sq.m
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
For upto 150 sq.m
of plot area
70%
An additional Ground Coverage upto
10% of the plot area is allowed within the
zoned area.
This additional Ground Coverage shall be
purchasable at the rates prescribed as in
annexure 22. However, for plots up to 100
sq.m in size, these charges shall be 50%
of the applicable rates.
For the next 100
sq.m of plot area
65%
For the next 100
sq.m of plot area
60%
For the next 100
sq.m of plot area
50%
For the remaining
plot area
40%
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
The product of Number of Permitted Floors (excluding Basement) and
the permitted ground coverage (including pursuable Ground
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1694
34
Ratio
Coverage).
Note: FAR above 1:2.1 shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as
in annexure 22. However, for plots up to 100 sq.m in size, these
charges shall be 50% of the applicable rates.
V.
Maximum
No. of Floors
(i)
Without Stilt: Three Floors (Ground + Two Floors).
(ii)
With Stilt: Stilt+ Three Floors.
However, in the case of new projects or development only,
residential plots may be permitted for Stilt + Four Floors. No
individual plot within any approved layout plan or project or approved
scheme or urban estate, sanctioned prior to the notification of these
rules, shall be permitted Stilt + Four Floors, except for plots
specifically earmarked as independent floors in the approved layout
plan.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
(i) Without Stilt: 13 m from the plinth level.
(ii) Stilt+3 Floors: 15 m from the crown of the road level.
(iii) Stilt+4 Floors: 17.5 m from the crown of the road level.
VII.
Setbacks
Ser.
No.
Plot Size
Front
Rear
Side
(i)
100 sq.yd
(83.613 sq.m)
5‘-0‖
(1524mm)
6'x15' cut out
(1829x4572mm)
Not
required;
however,
if left, it
shall be at
least one
meter (3‘-
3‖).
(ii)
125sq.yd
(104.516
sq.m)
5‘-0‖
(1524mm)
6'x15' cut out
(1829x4572mm)
(iii)
150sq.yd
(125.419sq.m)
5‘-0‖
(1524mm)
6‘-0‖
(1829mm)
(iv)
200sq.yd
(167.225
sq.m)
6‘-0‖
(1829mm)
6‘-0‖
(1829mm)
(v)
250sq.yd
(209.032
sq.m)
7‘-0‖
(2134mm)
9‘-0‖
(2743mm)
(vi)
300 sq.yd
(250.838
sq.m)
7‘-0‖
(2134mm)
10‘-0‖
(3048mm)
(vii)
375 sq.yd
(313.548
sq.m)
9‘-0‖
(2743mm)
10‘-0‖
(3048mm)
(viii)
400 sq.yd
(334.451
sq.m)
10‘-0‖
(3048mm)
10‘-0‖
(3048mm)
(ix)
500 sq.yd
(418.064)
15‘-0‖
(4572mm)
10‘-0‖
(3048mm)
(x)
1000 sq.yd
(836.127
sq.m)
15'-0"
(4572mm)
10'-0"
(3048mm)
8'-0"
(2438mm)
(xi)
2000 sq.yd
(1,672.255
sq.m) and
above
30'-0"
(9144mm)
10'-0"
(3048mm)
10'-0"
(3048mm)
VIII.
Minimum
Parking
Space
Required,
Plot area
Parking Required
Upto 100 Sq.m
2 numbers Two-wheeler parking
space
Above 100 up to 250 Sq.m
1 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1695
35
where stilt not
provided
Above 250 up to 500 Sq.m
2 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers
Above 500 Sq.m
3 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers
IX.
Staircase
Requirement
Plot Size upto
150 sq.m
Plot size above
150 sq.m
Minimum Width
900 mm
1000 mm
Minimum Tread
250 mm
250 mm
Maximum Riser
190 mm
190 mm
Minimum Clear Head Height
2200 mm
2200 mm
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and
courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall
building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth
levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,
ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic
tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,
ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or
watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these
building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) In case of projects, colonies, or urban estates that have already been approved,
additional Ground Coverage and FAR (Floor Area Ratio) may be permitted within the
rear and side setbacks, but not within the front setback, in order to maintain the existing
building line. For this purpose, there shall be no requirement to revise the existing zoning
plan of the approved project, colony, or urban estate.
However, if the additional Ground Coverage and FAR are proposed to be utilized
within the front setback, the zoning plan of the project, colony, or urban estate shall be
got amended by the promoter, RWA (Resident Welfare Association), or development
authority, as applicable.
Further, it is clarified that if a building has already been constructed and is not in
conformity with the approved plans, although it conforms to these building rules, there
shall be no requirement to compound it separately. Such buildings may be validated
under these rules by charging a fee for the additional Ground Coverage and FAR as
specified in Annexure 22 along with other charges including scrutiny fee, labour cess etc
as applicable.
(b) Each floor of a residential plot may be considered a separate independent floor.
(c) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for staircases
and lifts.
(d) Basement, permitted only as single level, if constructed, may be used for parking,
household storage, habitable except sleeping accommodation or residential purpose and
consultancy service purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area Ratio, if
used for habitable purposes.
(e) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in front
setback within plot area.
(f) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.
(g) The maximum permissible ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is subject to the
fulfilment of the setback, height and parking norms.
(h) A toilet, not exceeding 6 sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on the
terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1696
36
(i) Common staircase or common elevator is permissible maximum for two plots subject to
the condition that the minimum clear width of staircases shall be 1350 mm.
Table 3: Economical Weaker Section Residential Plots falling in approved Layout Plan;
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach Road
7.5 m (only in case of new projects and development.)
I.
Plot Size
Minimum 30 sq.m and maximum upto 50 sq.m
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
No restrictions
III.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:2.0
IV.
Maximum No. of Floors
Two Floors (Ground + One Floors)
Note: Stilt allowed (optional), Clear height of the stilt
shall not be more than 2.4 m.
V.
Setbacks
Not required. However, no projection is allowed
beyond plot boundary except permitted sunshade.
VI.
Minimum
Parking
Space
Required, where stilt not
provided
One two-wheeler
VII.
Staircase Requirement
Minimum Width
750 mm
Minimum Tread
250 mm
Maximum Riser
230 mm
Minimum
Clear
Head
Height
2200 mm
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and
courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall
building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth
levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,
ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic
tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,
ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or
watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these
building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for staircases
and lifts.
(b) No Basement shall be permitted.
(c) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in front
setback within plot area.
(d) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.
(e) A toilet, not exceeding 6sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on the
terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.
(f) Common staircase is permissible maximum for two plots subject to the condition that the
minimum clear width of staircases shall be 900 mm.
(g) The minimum requirements for different components of EWS housing, including room
sizes, kitchen, toilet, and other spaces, shall be followed as per Sr. No. XIII of Table 6
below.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1697
37
Table 4: Group Housing or Studio Apartment
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
2 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of
the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less
than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as
per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
30% of Site Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable on the rates as
prescribed as in annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road 24 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m & above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 25% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed on 18 m, 24 m and 30 m road.
FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be
charged @ 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in
annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site/plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority
or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority
of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,
the architect approving the building plan under self-
certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VII.
Convenient Shopping
A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio
(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for
convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,
vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or
chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,
milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental
store, ATM, Bank, mobile shops, stationary shop, small
clinics excluding Club Building.
VIII.
Parking
Group
Housing
Dwelling Unit (D/U) Size
Equivalent Car
Space required
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1698
38
(ECS) per D/U
Area upto 90 sq.m.
1.0
Area above 90 sq.m upto 120 sq.m.
1.5
Area above 120 sq.m upto 300 sq.m.
2.0
Area Above 300 sq.m.
3.0
An additional 10% of the required parking spaces shall be
provided for guest parking.
Studio
Apartments
2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
Commercial
within
Group
Housing
2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
No separate mercantile parking is required.
Club
within
Group
Housing
0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
IX.
Minimum
Green
Area
Requirement
Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area
shall be in the form of organized park or playground with
minimum width of 10m.
X.
Permissible Density
Group Housing: 90 Dwelling Units per Acre.
Studio Apartment: 150 apartments per Acre.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and
escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related
to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Note:-
(a) In case of studio apartment, the maximum size of the unit shall be 50 sq.m.
(b) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls
such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and
ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.
(c) In case of Group Housing or Studio Apartments, Economical Weaker Section
(E.W.S) housing shall be provided as per the government policy dated 24.05.2016
as amended from time to time. The Net Residential Density shall be permissible as
per the provisions of the respective Master Plans, government notifications as
amended from time to time whichever is applicable.
(d) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the
approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be
calculated @ 11.5 square meters.
(e) In cases where a ‘Convenient Shopping’ block is provided as a separate entity
within a Group Housing Project, such ‘Convenient Shopping’ block shall
maintain a minimum setback from the boundary walls facing the road. This
setback shall not be less than the minimum setback required for the tallest
residential tower within the project, irrespective of the height of the commercial
building.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1699
39
Table 5: Affordable Group Housing
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
1 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of
the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or
as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Site Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at 50% of the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22 for Group Housing.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road 24 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m & above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 25% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed on 18 m, 24m and 30 m road.
FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at 50% of the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority
or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
Provided further that FAR beyond permissible shall
be charged at 75% of the purchasable rate prescribed as in
annexure 22.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority
of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,
the architect approving the building plan under self-
certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VII.
Convenient Shopping
A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio
(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for
convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,
vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or
chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,
milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental
store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club
Building.
VIII.
Dwelling Unit Size
(i) Low Income Group (LIG):
Carpet Area - 45 sq.m to 60sq.m.
(ii) Medium Income Group (MIG):
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1700
40
Carpet Area - above 60 sq.m to 90sq.m.
IX.
Minimum
Parking
Required
Affordable
Group
Housing
LIG: 0.75 ECS per Dwelling Unit
MIG: 1 ECS per Dwelling Unit
plus, an additional 10% of the required parking spaces shall
be provided for guest parking.
Commercial
within Group
Housing
2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
No separate mercantile parking is required.
Club
within
Group
Housing
0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
X.
Minimum
Green
Area
Requirement
Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area
shall be in the form of organized park or playground with
minimum width of 10m.
XI.
Permissible Density
LIG : 200 Dwelling Units per Acre
MIG: 150 Dwelling Units per Acre
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and
escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related
to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Note:-
(a) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls
such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and
ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.
(b) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the
approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be
calculated @ 11.5 square meters.
(c) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as
applicability, enforcement, and other conditions; for affordable housing shall be
governed by the government policies issued from time to time.
(d) In cases where a ‘Convenient Shopping’ block is provided as a separate entity
within an Affordable Housing Project, such ‘Convenient Shopping’ block shall
maintain a minimum setback from the boundary walls facing the road. This
setback shall not be less than the minimum setback required for the tallest
residential tower within the project, irrespective of the height of the commercial
building.
Table 6: Economical Weaker Section (EWS) Group Housing
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
1 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more
II.
Minimum
Approach 18m
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1701
41
Road
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of
the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less
than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as
per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
60% of Site Area
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m &
above
Unlimited*
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority
of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,
the architect approving the building plan under self-
certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VII.
Convenient Shopping
A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio
(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for
convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,
vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or
chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,
milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental
store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club
Building.
VIII.
Size of Dwelling Unit
Carpet Area of 30 sq.m to 45 sq.m
IX.
Minimum
Parking
Required
EWS
Housing
1 two-wheeler per Dwelling Unit plus an additional 10% of
the required parking spaces shall be provided for guest
parking.
Commercial
within Group
Housing
1 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
No separate mercantile parking is required.
Club
within
Group
Housing
0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
X.
Minimum
Green
Area
Requirement
Minimum 15 % of site area in which 10 percent of site area
shall be in the form of organized park or playground with
minimum width of 10m.
XI.
Permissible Density
400 Dwelling Units per Acre
XII.
Minimum requirements of different component of a EWS Housing:
Component of a Building:
Minimum Requirement
Area (Sq.m)
Width (m)
Clear Height (m)
Habitable room
(a) In
case
Single
Room unit:
multipurpose
single
room
(a) 12.5
2.4
2.6
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1702
42
(b) In case Two Room
unit:
First Room
Second Room
(b)
9.0
6.5
2.4
2.1
Kitchen:
cooking alcove
(in Single Room unit)
individual kitchen
(in Two Room unit)
2.4
3.3
2.1
1.5
2.6
2.6
Bathroom
1.2
1.0
2.1
Water Closet (W.C.)
0.9
0.9
2.1
Combined Bath and W.C.
1.8
1.0
2.1
Balcony
-
Minimum width: 0.9
m and shall not be
more than 1.2 m.
2.6
XIII.
Staircases
Minimum Width: 900 mm
Minimum Tread: 250 mm
Maximum Riser: 200 mm
Minimum Clear Head room: 2100 mm
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and
escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related
to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Note:-
(a) The circulation area on any floor including staircase, shall not exceed 8 m2 per
dwelling unit.
(b) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls
such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and
ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.
(c) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the
approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one Equivalent Car
Space (ECS) shall be calculated @ 11.5 square meters.
(d) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as
applicability, enforcement, and other conditions; for Economically Weaker
Section (EWS) housing shall be governed by the government policies issued from
time to time.
Table 7: Rental Housing or Hostel
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
800 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach a)
Within
Master Minimum 60‘-0‖
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1703
43
Road
Plan SAS Nagar and
New Chandigarh:
b) Rest of Punjab
(other than Master
Plan SAS Nagar and
New Chandigarh):
Minimum width of existing revenue
rasta or road shall not be less than
22‘-0‖ widen to 60‘-0‖ or as per
master plan whichever is more.
c) With in layout
plan
or
approved
colony
or
urban
estate
Minimum 60‘-0‖
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
60% of Site Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable on the rates as
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Plot area upto 1600 sq.m.
1:2.5
Plot area above 1600 sq.m.
1:3.0
Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in annexure
22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority
or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority
of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,
the architect approving the building plan under self-
certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Convenient Shopping
In ‗Rental Housing Accommodation Projects‘ upto
5% of the FAR availed, may be used for canteen or coffee
shop, library, Automated Teller Machine (ATM), Grocery
shop, Pharmacy, office, Mobile shop, Fruit or Vegetable
shop, Barber shop or any other similar activities for self-use
of the occupants and shall be permissible within the
building block. However, in case of large campuses having
an area of 5 acres and above, such commercial use may be
permitted in a sperate block, subject to condition that these
facilities shall open only within the premises and shall have
no access from the external road.
VII.
Parking
a)
For
Students
and
Senior Citizen:
1.0 Two-wheeler per three
persons.
b)
Other than Students
or Senior Citizens:
1.0 Equivalent car space per
five persons.
VIII.
Permissible density
1000 persons per acre.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1704
44
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and
escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related
to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Note:-
(a) Rental housing building shall be a detached building.
(b) It shall provide common kitchen with dining hall, common room for indoor
games, First Aid room, Laundry and security guard room.
(c) A pantry may be permitted within a bedroom or dormitory, subject to compliance
with applicable building norms and safety regulations.
(d) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as
applicability,
enforcement,
and
other
conditions;
for
rental
housing
accommodation or hostel projects shall be governed by the policy dated
09.02.2018, as amended on 12.11.2024 and 20.02.2025, and as may be amended
from time to time.
Table 8: Farm House
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
2.5 Acres
II.
Minimum Approach Road
Minimum width of existing revenue rasta or road shall not
be less than 11‘-0‖ widen to 40‘-0‖ or as per master plan
whichever is more.
However, in case the width of revenue rasta or
road is 22‘-0‖, the road widening shall be 60‘-0‖ or as per
master plan whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
5 % of the site area
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:0.1
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
9 m
VI.
Maximum
Number
of
Floors
G+1
VII.
Minimum Setbacks around
buildings
Front: 15 m
Side and Rear: 6 m
VIII.
Parking
1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1705
45
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and
escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Note:-
(a) The ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is inclusive of ancillary buildings
such as labour or servant quarters which shall not be more than 25 percent of the
Floor Area Ratio area of the site.
(b) The temporary structure or building like Cattle Shed, Motor Room, covered
parking etc. shall be exempted from ground coverage and floor area ratio.
(c) No sub-division of plot shall be allowed.
(d) Basement upto building line, limited to single level only, if constructed, may be
used
for
parking,
household
storage
and
habitable
except
sleeping
accommodation purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area Ratio,
if used for habitable purposes.
(e) Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins, whatever the term used,
upto 150 square feet may be allowed along the entry gate and exempted from
Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). The total height of the guard
room from plinth shall not be more than 2.75 meters.
(2)
Other general control for residential building
(i)
For the purpose of calculating the infrastructure requirements of the project, the
population shall be estimated based on the type of residential unit. The population
for villas shall be counted at 4.5 persons per villa. For residential plots without
stilt (G+2) or with stilt +3 floors, the population shall be counted at 13.5 persons
per plot, while for residential plots with stilt +4 floors, it shall be 18 persons per
plot. In the case of group housing, the population shall be counted at 4.5 persons
per dwelling unit and in case of Studio Apartments, it shall be counted as two
persons per unit.
(ii)
Floating population shall be taken as minimum one hundred person per acre for
calculation of infrastructural or services requirements only and shall not be
counted towards the regular density of the project or sector.
(iii)
The density for each category of flats in case of Group Housing or Apartments or
Studio Apartments shall be calculated separately. The promoter has to clearly
indicate the area under each category of flats.
(iv)
The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining residential plots sites
may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised zoning plan by the
Competent Authority. Whereas, bifurcation or fragmentation of a plot shall not be
allowed. However, in case of approved standalone site or project, the transfer of
Change of Land Use (CLU) or approval of the entire site or part thereof (subject
to the fulfilment of minimum area and other siting guidelines) may be allowed
and shall be governed by the relevant policies of the department.
(v)
The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining Group Housing sites of
same promoter or developer may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised
zoning plan by the Competent Authority. However, bifurcation or fragmentation
of a site shall not be allowed.
(vi)
For Low Density Country Homes Residential Development Projects, Economical
Weaker Section housing, Affordable housing, housing for all, Pardhan Mantri
Awas Yojna (PMAY), Punjab Shehri Awas Yojana (PSAY) and any other policy
relating to housing issued by State or Central Government, the physical and
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1706
46
development norms as prescribed in the respective policies as amended from time
to time, shall be applicable.
(vii)
Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plots and flats on any floor,
subject to the following condition: -
Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 50
percent of Floor Area Ratio or 100 sq.m, whichever is less, for non-nuisance, non-
teaching, non-commercial, or non-trading activities for rendering consultancy
based on professional skills such as charted accountant, architect, engineer, town
planner, advocates, doctors (only consultancy) or other similar activities.
23. Commercial.- (1) Commercial Buildings of various types shall be governed by the
following norms:
Table 9: Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping Plotted within approved layout
plan.
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
Category
Booths
Shops
or
Double
Storey Shops (DSS)
Shops or Shop cum
offices (SCO‟s)
I.
Minimum Approach
Road
to
site
or
colony
18m
18m
24m
II.
Width of plot
Upto 3m
Above 3m to 5m
Above 5m
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
100%
of
plot area
Depth
of
Plot
%
of
Ground
Coverage
Depth
of
Plot
%
of
Ground
Coverage
upto 18m
100
upto 18m
100
more than
18m
85
more than
18m
85
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area Ratio
1:1.0
1:2.0
1:3.0
Note: The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22. However, in cases where the
site/plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR
shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
V.
No. of Stories
1 (Ground
Floor)
2 (G + 1)
4 (G + 3)
Note: Excluding mumty, parapet, lift room and architectural
features
VI.
Setbacks
Setbacks of booths or Shops or shop cum offices shall be
governed by the permissible ground coverage and architectural
control sheets or zoning plan.
VII.
Maximum
Permissible Height
Height of booths or Shops or Shop cum Offices shall be
governed by Control Sheets or Zoning Plan. However, the
maximum height shall not be more than 18 meters.
VIII.
Minimum width of
corridor or Canopy
or Projection
etc.
for
weather
protection
2.2m
2.5m
2.5m
IX.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area.
In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate
of 3.5m x 7.5m shall be provided for loading and unloading
activities for each 2000 m2 of floor area or fraction thereof.
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1707
47
courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall
building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as, plinth
levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,
ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic
tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,
ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or
watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these
building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) The plotted Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping development shall
be permissible on 18m (60’-0”) wide road subject to the condition that the
maximum area of the site shall not be more than 8000 sq.m. For sites exceeding
8,000 sq.m, the minimum approach road width shall be 24 meters (80’-0”).
(b) In case of commercial plots in a row having openings on both front and rear, then
the ground coverage to be permitted upto 100% of the plot area for Booths or
Shops or SCOs or SCF etc., subject to the conditions that corridors of
appropriate width, as specified above shall be provided in front of each opening.
The FAR, height, number of storeys, clear width of the corridor shall be governed
by the width of the plot and stipulation made under these rules. However, the total
coverage shall continue to be governed by the parking requirements mentioned
above with adequate parking space provided both in front and rear of the site or
plaza as the case may be. The width of such plaza shall not be less than 10
meters.
(c) The depth of parking spaces in front of Booths, Shops, or Shop-cum-Offices
(SCOs) openings shall not be less than 12 meters, except at block junctions where
the front and side of these units intersect and parking is not provided, as
illustrated in Figure 1. In such cases, a minimum distance of 6 meters shall be
maintained between the blocks and this distance may be connected with a
corridor.
Figure 1
(d) Pavement shall be provided adjoining the corridor. The width of such pavement
shall not be less than the minimum corridor width specified in the table above.
(e) The basement shall be restricted under the building including the area under
corridors.
(f) For booths, Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s), having
depth upto 18m and where rear courtyard is not provided, a setback of at least 3
meters from the property lines shall be required.
(g) Approach to upper floors in case of double storeyed shops, shop-cum-shop or
offices can also be permitted from the public corridor.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1708
48
(h) Approach to basement floors shall be permitted only from within the booth or
shops or shop-cum-shop or offices.
(i) Government commercial site(s) for Retail outlet may be planned as a special
category, irrespective of above rules related to Ground Coverage, FAR, Height,
Number of Floors and these special category sites shall be governed by approved
layout plan or zoning plan or standard architectural control sheets prepared by
the concerned Development Authorities.
(j) No separate fire tender movement shall be mandatory in case of Booths or Shops
or SCOs or SCF maximum upto a height of 18m.
(k) All activities specified in these rules are permitted in commercial sites; except for
school, college, religious buildings, general industries (except green industry) or
factories, storage of hazardous materials, residential apartments and any other
activities that are expressly prohibited under any law; subject to fulfilment of all
applicable requirements in these rules.
(l) In case of Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s), common
staircase or common elevator is permissible maximum for two Double Storey
Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s) subjected to the condition the minimum
clear width of such staircase shall be 1500 mm.
Provided that if common lift is given, then the minimum clear width of
staircase shall not be less than 1220 mm (4’-0”).
(m) The Maximum floor to floor height of Booth(s) or Shop(s) or Shop-cum-Office(s)
shall not be more than 5000 mm (16’-4”).
(n) Clear height of the basement shall not be more than 4m.
(o) 100% Ground Coverage for all types of Shop-cum-Offices’ shall be subject to the
fulfilment of the following conditions, namely:
(i) The width of the road, abutting the rear side of 'Shop-cum-Offices’, shall be
minimum 20 feet and maximum 80 feet;
(ii) No entry or exit shall be allowed on the service lane or road, abutting the
rear side of the Shop-cum-Offices’;
(iii) There shall be no front of residential plots on the road at the rear side of the
'Shop-cum-Offices’;
(iv) 100% ground coverage shall be mandatory in complete row of Shop-cum-
Offices;
(v) Any service or equipment of the building i.e. air conditioner or gas cylinder
or diesel generator set shall not be installed on the road or plaza at the rear
side of the Shop-cum-Offices'. An undertaking in this regard shall be
obtained from the applicant to ensure the installation of these services or
equipment on the roof;
(vi) It is mandatory to provide the window at the rear side of the Shop-cum-
Offices to ensure the provision of light and ventilation and the sill level of
this window shall be minimum 2.5 feet and this window shall not be used for
any service; and
(vii) if Shop-cum-Offices', where the depth is more than 18m, are proposed back-
to-back with booths, Shops or Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-
Offices (SCO’s) then the distance between them shall be at least 10 meters.
Apart from this, if the applicant wants to propose entry or exit on both sides
then the corridors must be proposed on both sides:
Provided that those commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates
whose layout plans are already approved by the Competent Authority but no
development has taken place on the site i.e. no Shop-cum-Office has been
constructed on the site, in that case, 100% ground coverage can be permitted
in these commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates on the conditions
mentioned above. However, the promoters or development authorities shall
be bound to get the revised layout plans approved by the Competent
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1709
49
Authority. However, a public notice in this regard shall be given in the public
newspapers. Thereafter, the Competent Authority shall take appropriate
decision and if layout plans are revised then 100% ground coverage can be
permitted in those commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates. If the
building plan of any Shop-cum-Office is already approved then the applicant
shall be bound to get the building plans revised.
Table 10: Commercials such as Shopping Mall or Shopping Complex or a Building
primarily used for Display and Sale of Merchandise or any similar purpose
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site
500 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
upto 4000 sq.m : 18m
Above 4000 sq.m : 24m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or
as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
12m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
45% of Plot Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road 24 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m & above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed on 18m, 24m and 30m road.
The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be
charged at 1.5 times the pursuable rate prescribed as in
annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site or
plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is
up to 21 meters, the architect approving the building plan
under self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1710
50
VII.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area
In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space
at the rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading
unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or
fraction thereof for mercantile activity or use only
excluding area under hotel, restaurant, studio apartment,
marriage palaces, cinema, offices etc.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(b) All activities specified in these rules are permitted in commercial sites; except for
school, college, religious buildings, general industries (except green industry) or
factories, storage of hazardous materials, residential apartments and any other
activities that are expressly prohibited under any law; subject to fulfilment of all
applicable requirements in these rules.
(c) The Maximum floor to floor height in commercial building shall not be more than
5000 mm (16‘-4‖). However, in case floor to floor height exceeds 5000 mm, in
that case FAR of such area shall be counted as 1.5 times. However, for special use
like cinemas, auditoriums, studios, sports arena etc. additional height may be
permitted by the competent authority from case-to-case basis without counting
additional FAR.
Table 11: Miniplex
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
2000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach
Road & Site Area
plot size below 4000 sq.m
18 m
plot size 4000 sq.m and above
24 m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of the
abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less than
22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the
Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
24 m, subject to the exemption granted by the competent
authority under the Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952,
as amended from time to time or otherwise as per the Punjab
Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952.
IV.
Maximum
Ground 40% of Plot Area
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1711
51
Coverage
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site area is
allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground
Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in
annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area Ratio
Minimum approach road width 18 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road width 30 m and above 1:2.5
Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit shall
also be allowed.
FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be charged
at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority or
government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be
governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.
VI.
Maximum Height of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and
fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground
coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of
India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the
architect approving the building plan under self-certification
shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the responsibility
shall lie with the competent authority approving the building
plans.
VII.
Parking
3.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area in respect
of miniplex or cinema component and 2 ECS per 100 square
meters of the balance FAR area.
Note: In case of buildings of mercantile (commercial), in
addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate of
3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading unloading activities
for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) In case of cinemas, if any provision is not specified or covered under these rules
then the physical and development norms as specified in the National Building
Code of India as amended from time to time, as the case may be, shall be
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1712
52
applicable.
(b) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts etc. are
permissible in Miniplex and above rules shall be applicable with the exemption
from the competent authority under the Punjab Cinemas (regulations) Act, 1952,
as amended from time to time.
Table 12: Multiplex
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
4000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach
Road
24 m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of the
abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less than
22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the
Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
30 m, subject to the exemption granted by the competent
authority under the Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952,
as amended from time to time.
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Plot Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site area is
allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground
Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in
annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area Ratio
Minimum approach road width 24 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road width 30 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road width 45 m and above Unlimited*
Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit shall
also be allowed on 24 m and 30 m road.
FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates prescribed as in
annexure 22:
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be
charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in
annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority or
government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be
governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.
VI.
Maximum Height of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and
fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground
coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of
India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of Rule 27. In
cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the architect
approving the building plan under self-certification shall be
responsible for ensuring compliance with the provisions of the
above clause; otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the
competent authority approving the building plans.
VII.
Parking
3.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the FAR area in respect of
multiplex or cinema component plus 30 percent of the total
FAR area of that component i.e (multiplex or cinema
component) and 2 ECS per 100 square meters of the balance
FAR area.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1713
53
Note: In case of buildings of mercantile (commercial), in
addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate of
3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading unloading activities
for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(b) In case of cinemas, if any provision is not specified or covered under these rules
then the physical and development norms as specified in the National Building
Code of India as amended from time to time, as the case may be, shall be
applicable.
(c) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts etc. are
permissible in Multiplex and above rules shall be applicable with the exemption
from the competent authority under the Punjab Cinemas (regulations) Act, 1952,
as amended from time to time.
Table 13: Hotel or Motel
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
800 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
12m
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Plot Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio as per approach
road
Minimum road width of 12 m
1:2.0
Minimum road width of 18 m
1:2.5
Minimum road width of 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum road width of 45 m & above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1714
54
shall also be allowed on 12m, 18m and 30m road.
FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at the rates prescribed
as in annexure 22.
Provided that FAR beyond permissible
shall be charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate
prescribed as in annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the
site or plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any
development authority or government agency, the slab of
purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of the allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan
under self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as: plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) Commercial use within the main Hotel Building envelope shall be permissible
upto 10% of the availed FAR and the commercial charges shall be applicable on
commercial component. However, in case of Hotel or Motel sites auctioned by
government or government agencies or development authorities, commercial
component shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the auction and
allotment letters.
(b) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1715
55
Table 14: Mix Land Use Project
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Permitted Use
All uses except formal school, college, orange and red
category industries, storage of hazardous materials, and
any other activities that are expressly prohibited under any
law. White and green Industries are permitted subject to
the fulfillment of siting guidelines and Punjab Pollution
Control Board (PPCB) norms.
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
24 m
III.
Minimum Site Area
8000 sq.m.
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
45% of Plot Area
Additional ground coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 24 m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m &
above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed on 24 m road.
The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be
charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in
annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site or
plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VII.
Parking
As per component of the building.
VIII.
Green Area Requirement
Minimum 15 % of site area in the form of organized park
or playground with minimum width of 15m.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1716
56
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(b) The Development Authority may permit mixed‑use projects at any location within
its urban estates, subject to the fulfilment of the siting parameters. However, in
cases other than those undertaken by the Development Authority, such projects
shall be permitted only in accordance with the provisions of the respective Master
Plan.
(c) For Mixed Land Use projects, the applicable charges shall be the same as those
prescribed for commercial or Group Housing category, whichever is higher
within the respective potential zone.
(d) The relevant norms or provisions, other than above, shall be applicable as per the
component provided for in the Mix Use Project.
Table 15: Club
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
1000 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
18m (60‘-0‖)
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
24m (80‘-0‖)
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Plot Area
Additional ground coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.5
The FAR above 1:1.0 shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority
or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1717
57
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Table 16: Guest House or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments or Dharamshala or
Sarai
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
400 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
12m (40‘-0‖)
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
18m (60‘-0‖)
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Plot Area
Additional ground coverage upto 20% of the plot/ site
area is allowed within the zoned area This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates as
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
1:1.0
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
1:2.0
Note: An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1718
58
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
1 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Table 17: Dhaba
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
1000 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
18m (60‘-0‖)
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
24m (80‘-0‖)
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of
the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less
than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as
per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Plot Area
IV.
Floor Area Ratio
1:0.5
V.
Height
5m.
VI.
Setbacks
around
buildings
Front: 10m
Sides and rear: 3m
VII.
Parking
30% of plot area
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and
courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall
building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth
levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,
ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic
tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,
ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or
watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these
building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1719
59
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) Maximum 50 sq.m area for Kiosks like mobile shop, books, toy shop, pickle shop
etc. can be permissible as ancillary uses within F.A.R.
(b) The access permission is required from competent authority if the site is located
on scheduled road or State Highway or National Highway.
(c) Approach from National Highways can be considered if the site fulfils minimum
distance norm from intersection or access or abuts 7M wide service road or
applicant submits prior permission of access from National Highway Authority of
India (NHAI).
Table 18: Wholesale Trade or Integrated Freight complex (Standalone)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
1 Hectare
II.
Minimum Approach
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Plot Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the revised zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the
rates prescribed as in annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.2
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Setbacks around buildings
The minimum setback from boundary wall and around
the building shall be at least one-fourth (¼) of the
building height, up to a maximum of 20 meters.
However, it shall not be less than 6 meters.
Provided that where rooms do not derive light and
ventilation from the exterior open space between two
buildings, the required setback of such exterior open
space may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of
3m and a maximum of 8m.
VII.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the
rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1720
60
unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or
fraction thereof.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note: For Risk based approval of types of Warehouses or Integrated Freight Complex
(IFC) refer Part XII of these rules.
Table 19: Warehouse or Godown (Standalone)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
500 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
65% of Plot Area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:3.0
The additional FAR above 1:1.0 shall be purchasable at
the rates prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1721
61
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
1 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the
rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading
unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or
fraction thereof.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:- For Risk based approval of types of Warehouses refer Part XII of these rules.
(2)
Other general control for commercial building.-
Petrol Pumps or Filling cum Service Stations: Sitting of Petrol Pump or filling cum
service stations or two-three wheelers petrol pump shall be governed as per instructions
or guidelines of Indian Roads Congress (IRC) or Ministry of Road Transportation and
Highways (MORTH) or Town and Country planning Organisation (TCPO) or
Department of Housing and Urban Development Department, Punjab Government, as
amended from time to time.
However, every Petrol Pump or Filling cum Service Stations shall have a
charging station for electric drive vehicle.
24. Industry.- (1) The Industry or Factory Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:
Table 20: Low Rise Industry (Plotted Industry) - upto 21m in height (General or Factory
or Information Technology)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size upto 500 sq.yd (418.064 sq.m): 40'-0" (12m)
Plot size above 500 sq.yd (418.064 sq.m): 60'-0" (18m)
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of
the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less
than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per
the Master Plan, whichever is more.
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
70% of the plot area for General Industry or Factory
65% of the plot area for IT Industry
Additional ground coverage upto10% of the plot or site area
shall allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground
Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in
Annexure 22.
III.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
Unlimited*
The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Section
180 P.A.
No.
11
of 1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1722
62
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is allotted
or sold or auctioned by any development authority or
government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be
governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.
IV.
Maximum Height of
Building
upto 21m (including stilt, if provided)
Note: Excluding equipment, machinery such as chimney,
boiler, plant, hammer, silos, etc. irrespective of its height.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of
India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule 40. In
cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the
architect approving the building plan under self-certification
shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the responsibility
shall lie with the competent authority approving the building
plans.
V.
Setbacks
around
buildings
The open spaces around the building shall not be less than
4.5m for height below 21 m, with an increase of the open
spaces of 0.25 m for every increase of 1 m or fraction thereof
in height 21 m and above
Provided that in case of special building (as mentioned
in sub rule (15) of rule 43 and part 4, ‗Fire and Life Safety‘ of
National Building Code of India, 2016) or high-rise building,
the open spaces around the building shall not be less than 6m.
However, for plots upto 2025 sq.m area, the front and
rear setback shall be 3m irrespective of requirement, and the
side setbacks may be relaxed, subject to the condition that the
owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the
competent authority in this regard.
Further, the plot size above 2025 sq.m area to 4047
sq.m (1 acres), one side setback is relaxed, however, it shall be
atleast 1.5 m from site or plot boundary, and the front and rear
set back also relaxed to 4.5 m, subject to the condition that the
owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the
competent authority in this regard.
VI.
Parking
General
Industry
0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR area.
In addition to the parking spaces provided, a
space at the rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be
provided for loading unloading activities for
each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.
Information
Technology
1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards,
projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building
requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels,
spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or
tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks,
office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps,
lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-
ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related
to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,
waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1723
63
harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.
Table 21: High Rise Industry- above 21m in height (General or Factory or Information
Technology)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
1000 sq.mt.
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
40 %
Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area is allowed within the zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at
the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
Unlimited*
The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of
purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of the allotment letter.
V.
Maximum Height of Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the
building height is up to 21 meters, the architect
approving the building plan under self-certification
shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
General
Industry or
Factory
0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR
area.
In addition to the parking spaces
provided, a space at the rate of 3.5m x
7.5m, shall be provided for loading
unloading activities for each 2000 m2
of FAR area or fraction thereof.
Information
Technology
1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR
area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1724
64
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
(2)
Other controls for Industrial Buildings
(i)
For low-rise general industry or factory buildings with a site or plot area of 10
acres or more, 15% of the permitted ground coverage may be utilized for high-rise
construction.
(ii)
Any newly auctioned industrial site or plot by the development authority, having
an area of 10 acres or more, may also be developed as an Industrial Park, subject
to applicable planning norms and approvals.
(iii)
For industrial plots more than 1000 sq.m, 10% of the total plot area to a maximum
of 2500 sq.m., shall be reserved as amenity open space which means an area left
'open to sky' for the welfare or wellbeing of workers or employees or staff. Such
an amenity open space shall have a means of access and shall be so located that it
could be conveniently utilized as such by the persons working in the industry.
(iv)
Upto 15 percent of the availed FAR in industrial buildings shall be permissible for
the housing of staff or workers.
(v)
*Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(vi)
In case of General Industry or Factory, where corridors and staircases are used
solely for the purpose of access to service areas of machinery, such as
maintenance of machinery or On/Off switch operation, where no habitable space
such as office or seating area or watching cabin or store or toilet etc. are provided,
in such case, the width of such corridors and staircases can be relaxed upto 1000
mm and 1200 mm, respectively, subject to the fulfilment of the other conditions.
These corridor(s) and staircase(s) shall not be considered as fire exit passage or
fire staircase.
(vii)
In case of Industrial Estate or Private Industrial Areas or Conglomeration of
Industries opt for central parking then:
(a) Minimum 20 percent parking shall be within the premises of the industry.
(b) The parking requirement if provided in mechanical or common pool area shall
be duly certified by the concerned association by whom it is being maintained.
(c) The share of common parking shall be calculated as per the total area of the
industrial plot duly certified by the concerned agency maintaining that
parking.
(d) In case any false claim regarding common parking is observed then the
industrial plot holder has to provide parking in his own premises.
25. Educational.- (1) The educational Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:
Table 22: Pre Nursery or Nursery School or Crèche
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
400 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach 12 m
Section
180 P.A.
No. 11 of
1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1725
65
Road
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or
as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of site area
Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or site
area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
1:1.0
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-mentioned
permissible limit shall be purchasable at the rates as
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority
or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment
letter.
V.
Setbacks
around
buildings
Front
6 m
Other
side
4.5 m
VI.
Parking
0.75 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.
VII.
Maximum number of
Floors
G+1 and upto 9m.
However, for clearance from the Airports Authority
of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule
40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,
the architect approving the building plan under self-
certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
Note: Only ground floor shall be used for academics.
However, first floor may be used for residential, office,
storage etc.
For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and
courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall
building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth
levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,
ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic
tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,
ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or
watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these
building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Table 23: Primary School (class 1 to 5)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1726
66
I.
Minimum Site area
2000 sq.m. or as per affiliation authority norms,
whichever is more.
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
12 m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of site area
An additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.2
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
rates as prescribed as in annexure 22.
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
VI.
Parking
0.75 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.
VII.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
Upto 21 m.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Table 24: High and/or Senior secondary school or College or Educational Institute or
Universities.
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
5000 sq.m or as per the norms of affiliation authority,
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1727
67
whichever is more.
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
for School
18m
for
College
or
university
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.
III.
Minimum Frontage
30m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of plot area
An additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional
Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.5
An additional FAR up to 20% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
VI.
Parking
0.75 ECS /100 sq.m of the total FAR area.
VII.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1728
68
(2)
Other controls for Educational Building(s)
a) In case of educational buildings of 1 acre or above, the front boundary wall shall be
recessed by 6m to accommodate visitors parking within setback area and minimum
15% of site area shall be kept or developed as playground with minimum width of 10
m.
b) Upto 15 percent of the total availed FAR in educational buildings shall be permissible
for the housing of staff or workers.
c) In case of large Campus or Universities or IIT or IIM, upto 30% of the total FAR area
can be utilized for residential use for essential staff and fellow accommodations by
providing housing for staff, dormitories, guest houses or crèche.
d) Student Hostel(s) shall not be counted in residential component.
e) Area requirements of each type of educational institutions wherever not specified shall
be as per the norms or guidelines issued by the affiliating authority.
f) Separate office buildings are allowed within educational institutions; however, they are
not permitted to be sold or partially sold.
26. Institutional. - The Institutional Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:
Table 25: Hospital or Nursing Home or Dispensary or Medical Laboratory
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
400 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road and Site Area
Plot size from 400 sq.m upto 2000 sq.m
12m (40'-0")
Plot size above 2000 sq.m upto 4000
sq.m
18m (60'-0")
Plot size above 4000 sq.m
24m (80'-0")
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width
of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be
less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)
or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more, irrespective
of site area. However, sites with an area more than 4,000
sq.m shall have a minimum frontage of 24 meters.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of site area
An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the
rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 12 m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road 18 m
1:2.25
Minimum approach road 24 m and above
1:2.75
Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed.
The FAR above 1:1.5 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in annexure 22. Provided that FAR beyond
permissible shall be charged at 1.5 times the purchasable
rate prescribed as in Annexure 22
Provided further that in cases where the site or
plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable
FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the
allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1729
69
safety and fire safety norms.
However,
for
clearance
from
the
Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to
21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under
self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the provisions of the above clause;
otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent
authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) In case of Hospitals, 25% of the total FAR area may be utilized for residential use
for staff, dormitory or hostels for attendants of the patients, crèche etc.
(b) Adequate arrangements for disposal of hospital waste have to be made as per the
Bio Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 as amended from
time to time along with the instructions or guidelines issued by the Punjab
Pollution Control Board from time to time.
Table 26: Orphanage Home or Old Age Home or Children's Centre / Care Centre / School
/ Institute for Mentally challenged and/or Physically Handicapped Person
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
400 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
12m (40‘-0‖)
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
60%
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.5
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer clause
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1730
70
(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up
to 21 meters, the architect approving the building plan
under self-certification shall be responsible for
ensuring compliance with the provisions of the above
clause; otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the
competent authority approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
0.75 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) Minimum 15% of site area shall be kept or developed as playground or green
with minimum width of 10 m.
(b) In case of school for mentally or differently able persons, 25% of the total FAR
area can be utilized for residential use for essential staff and student
accommodations.
27. Public Buildings. - The Public Buildings of various types shall be governed by the
following norms:
Table 27: Community Centre or Public Concert Hall or Auditorium or Museum or
Gymnasium or Public Exhibition
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
800 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40%
An additional Ground Coverage upto 5% (for
Community
Centre,
Public
Concert
Hall
or
Auditorium, Public Exhibition) and upto 10% ( for
Museum and Gymnasium) of the plot or site area is
allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground
Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed
as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.2
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1731
71
rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) In case of Community Centre, it shall only have banquet hall, kitchen, library,
office and reading room, except these if any other activity proposed than it shall
be considered as club.
(b) Upto 15% of the total FAR area in Public Buildings shall be permissible for the
housing of the staff or workers.
Table 28: Religious Building
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
400 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
and Site area
Plot size upto 2000 sq.m
12m (40'-0")
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
18m (60'-0")
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
60% of site area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.0
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1732
72
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
1ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Table 29: Public Offices
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
1000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of plot area
An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the
rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
Minimum approach road 18m
1:2.0
Minimum approach road 24m
1:2.5
Minimum approach road 30m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45m & above
Unlimited*
Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit
shall also be allowed on 18m, 24m and 30m road.
However, FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22 except State and central
Government offices.
Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1733
73
charged at 1.5 times the pursuable rate prescribed as
in Annexure 22.
Provided further that in cases where the site or
plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any
development authority or government agency, the slab
of purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of the allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(b) Upto 15 percent of the total FAR area in Public buildings shall be permissible for
the housing of staff or workers.
Table 30: Convention Centre
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
8000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III.
Maximum
Ground 50% of plot area
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1734
74
Coverage
An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at
the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:2.0
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority
or
government
agency,
the
slab
of
purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of the allotment letter.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
Upto 30 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be
allowable for hotel activity. However, in case of already allotted or auctioned site, terms
and conditions of the auction and allotment letter shall be applicable.
Table 31: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I. Minimum Site area
4000 SQ.M
II. Minimum Approach Road
18m
Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1735
75
width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road
shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to
18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is
more.
III. Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of plot area
An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or
site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This
additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at
the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.
IV. Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:3.0
The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates
prescribed as in Annexure 22.
Provided that in cases where the site or plot is
allotted or sold or auctioned by any development
authority
or
government
agency,
the
slab
of
purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of the allotment letter.
V. Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
approving the building plans.
VI. Parking
3 ECS per 100 square meters of the Exhibition area and
2 ECS per 100 square meters other than Exhibition
area.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
Minimum area for different component shall be provided as per the Punjab Industrial
and Business Development (IBDP) Policy, 2022 or as amendment from time to time.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1736
76
Table 32: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
4000 sq.m
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
80%
III.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
for commercial
A maximum of 20% of the total covered area within
the main parking building envelope may be allowed for
commercial use on any two floors.
IV.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
However, for clearance from the Airports
Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to
clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building
height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the
building
plan
under
self-certification
shall
be
responsible
for
ensuring
compliance
with
the
provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the
responsibility shall lie with the competent authority
V.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the commercial FAR.
For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to
setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and
balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,
occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial
requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,
mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-
cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift
and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward
cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.
Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,
Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions
related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.
Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy
efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,
Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building
rules.
Note:-
a) The ground coverage includes all built-up areas at the ground level, including the
main structure as well as ancillary facilities such as parking areas, toilets, service
zones, utility rooms, and other supporting buildings.
b) Commercial shops may be rented out but are not permitted to be leased or sold.
c) Completion or partial completion of commercial component shall only be allowed
after the completion of the parking component as per approved plans.
28. Setbacks and open space around the buildings.- For buildings other than residential
plotted or row type buildings or crèche or pre nursery or nursery school or farm house or
low-rise industry or factory, the set back or open space around the building(s) or outer
open spaces shall be as given in the Table below:
Table 33: Minimum Setback or Open Space Around Buildings
Serial
No.
Building Height Range (m)
Minimum required Setback or open space all
around building (m)
Section
180 P.A.
No. 11 of
1995
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1737
77
I.
Up to first 25 meters
¼ (one-fourth) of the building height, However, it
shall be atleast 3m around the building within site
and 6m from the site boundary.
II.
Next 25 meters (above 25m to
50m)
⅕ (one-fifth) of the building height + 6.25m for the
first 25m
III.
Any height beyond 50 meters
⅙ (one-sixth) of the building height + 11.25m for
the first 50m, however maximum upto 18m
IV.
Explanation
Let‘s say you‘re planning a 80-meter-tall building.
1. First 25m:
Setback = ¼ × 25m = 6.25 meters
2. Next 25m (25m to 50m):
Setback = ⅕ × 25m = 5 meters
3. Remaining 30m (50m to 80m):
Setback = ⅙ × 30m = 5 meters
Total setback required around the building: 6.25
+ 5 + 5 = 16.25 meters
The maximum required minimum setback is 18m.
Note:-
(i)
For buildings exceeding 120 meters in height, an additional setback of 2 meters
shall be required on all sides of the building.
(ii)
Where rooms do not derive light and ventilation from the exterior open space, the
width of such exterior open space or distance between two buildings as given
above may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of 3m and a maximum of 8m.
(iii)
For high rise buildings and special buildings as specified in rule 31(14) (see
Part4 Fire and Life Safety' of the National Building Code of India, 2016 as
amended from time to time), the approach to the building and open spaces on all
sides shall not be less than 6 m.
(iv)
For the plots upto 2025 sq.m area where width of the plot is less than 30.50m
(100'-0") and the maximum height of building is below 21 m excluding the
architectural and symbolism element of religious building like dome, minarets,
sikharas, crucifix etc. from building height, then one side setbacks may be relaxed
subject to the condition that the owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from
the competent authority in this regard.
(v)
In addition to setback defined in different category of buildings, for the plots upto
2025 sq.m area where width of the plot is less than 30.50 m (100'-0") and the
maximum height of building is below 21 m excluding the architectural and
symbolism element of religious building like dome, minarets, shikharas, crucifix
etc. from building height then one side setback may be relaxed subject to the
condition that the owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the competent
authority in this regard.
However, for sites or plots up to 2,025 sq.m in size with roads on more
than one side, a relaxation of 3 meters in setback along the side and rear roads
(excluding the front setback) may be granted, provided that the setback width
shall not be less than 3 meters from the boundary, subject to the following
conditions, namely:
(a) Minimum road width of side or rear road shall not less than 9 m.
(b) The height of the boundary wall including railing for this side shall not be
more than 1 m.
(c) No objection certificate from Fire Department is required for this relaxation.
(d) No entry or exit shall be allowed on such roads, except that a wicket gate of
up to 1.2 meters in width may be permitted.
(vi)
In the case of tower-like or recessed buildings, setbacks or open spaces may be
provided in accordance with alternative provisions to Table 33, as detailed
below:
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1738
78
(a) Up to a height of 35 m, with one set-back, the open spaces at the ground level,
shall be not less than 6 m [see Fig. 2(a)];
(b) For heights above 35 m and upto 55 m with one set-back, the open spaces at
the ground level, shall be not less than 9 m [see Fig. 2(b)];
(c) For heights above 55 m and 75 m with two set-backs, the open spaces at the
ground level, shall be not less than 12 m [see Fig. 2(c)];
(d) For heights between 75 m and 120 m with two set-backs, the open spaces at
the ground level, shall be not less than 14 m [see Fig. 2(d)];
(e) For heights above 120 m and above with two set-backs, the open spaces at the
ground level, shall be not less than 16 m [see Fig. 2(e)]; and
(f) The deficiency in the open spaces shall be made good to satisfy Table 33
through the set-backs at the upper levels; these set-backs shall not be
accessible from individual rooms or flats at these levels.
Note: The minimum setback on the ground shall be in proportion to height
specified in the above Table 33.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1739
79
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1740
80
B. FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL
GOVERNMENT
(RULES 29 TO 38)
29. Development Control Regulations.- (1) These rules shall be applicable to building
activity within all Town Planning Schemes or Building Schemes or Development
Schemes or in any planned scheme/colony and including Lal Lakir area falling within
entire Municipal areas of all Municipal Corporations or Municipal Councils or Nagar
Panchayats or Improvement Trusts except areas developed by the Department of
Housing and Urban Development, located within the jurisdiction of all Urban Local
Bodies (ULBs), unless other specified by the Government.
(2) The permitted uses and use activities within the premises shall be allowed in
accordance with provisions of Master Plan or Zonal Plan or Local Area Plan or Layout
Plan.
(3) The objective of these rules is to provide control for building(s) within use premises
excluding the internal arrangement, which is covered and controlled by these rules.
(4) Nothing in these rules shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, nor
prevent continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing
approved building.
30. Applicability in Scheme Areas. – (1) In case of erection or re-erection of any building(s)
on sites reserved for any purpose in any approved or notified layout plan, condition of
minimum road width minimum, plot size and minimum frontage shall not be applicable.
(2) Commercial activity shall be permitted as per instructions issued by Government from time
to time on existing residential plots in town planning or building schemes, falling within
the entire municipal areas of all Municipal Corporations, Councils, or Nagar Panchayats
developed prior to 31.12.2019, without requirement of notification of road for the purpose
subject to fulfilment of all norms, charges, and other mandatory requirements. Such
schemes shall stand amended to that extent. However, no road falling within any scheme or
part of scheme approved after 31.12.2019 shall be allowed to be used for commercial
purpose.
31. Residential.- (1) The residential building of various types shall be governed by following
norms, namely:-
Table 34: Residential Plotted
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
Site Requirements
I.
Minimum Approach
Road
(i)
40 feet in case of Affordable Colony.
(ii)
45 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or
Town Planning Scheme (with an area upto 10 acres)
(iii)
60 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or
Town Planning Scheme (upto 50 acres)
(iv)
80 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or
Town Planning Scheme (upto 100 acres).
(v)
In case of an area which is landlocked viz. surrounded
by built-up area on all sides and approach road cannot
be widened, in such cases the colony may be
considered for approval on the existing road width
subject to a minimum of 16 feet 6 inches and with the
condition that the applicant shall comply with all the
norms within the project area and a loop of internal
road shall be provided. The Competent Authority shall
certify that the area is built-up and there is no scope for
widening of the road.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1741
81
II.
Internal Road Width
in Colony
Plot Size (Sq.m)
Road Width
Upto 167 (200sq.yd.)
30 feet
Above 167
40 feet
Building Norms
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
Upto 100 sq. m of plot area
90%
For the next 50 sq.m of plot area
80%
For the next 100 sq.m of plot area
70%
For the next 100 sq.m of plot area
60%
For the next 100 sq.m of plot area
50%
For the next remaining area of plot
40%
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area Ratio or No. of
Floors
i.
Without Stilt: Three Storeys (Ground + Two Floors)
ii.
With Stilt: 4 Floors (Stilt+ Four Floors)
Note: FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per charges
mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended
by government from time to time.
V.
Maximum Height of
Building
(i)
Without Stilt: 15m from the plinth level
(ii)
With Stilt: 17.5 m from Ground level
VI.
Setbacks
Plot area (in
Sq. m)
Front setback
Rear or Side
setback (optional)
Upto 150
1.54 m (5 feet)
1.54 m (5 feet)
Above 150 to
200
1.8 m (6 feet)
1.8 m (6 feet)
Above 200 to
300
2.13 m (7 feet)
2.13 m (7 feet)
Above 300 to
500
3.0 m (10 feet)
3.0 m (10 feet)
Above 500 to
1000
4.6 m (15 feet)
3.0 m (10 feet)
Above 1000
6.17 m (20 feet)
3.0 m (10 feet)
VII.
Minimum
Parking
Space
Required,
where
stilt
not
provided
Plot area
Parking Required
Upto 100 sq. meters
2 no. of two wheeler parking
space
Above 100 to 150 Sq.m
1 ECS
Above 150 to 200 Sq.m
1 ECS
Above 200 to 300 Sq.m
2 ECS
Above 300 to 500 Sq.m
3 ECS
Above 500 to 1000 Sq.m
3 ECS
VIII.
Staircase
Width
900mm (For plot upto 150 sq.m.)
1000 mm ( For plot above 150 sq.m.)
Riser
190mm
Tread
250mm
IX.
In
Core
Areas
(notified
by
the
Government)
Road Width – As per existing ground situation or revenue
record.
Ground Coverage, Setback, Parking – exempted
In built-up areas
(i)
As per revenue record or existing ground situation,
whichever is more, with a condition that in case
existing road width is less than 20 feet same shall be
widened to 20 feet by leaving equal setbacks on both
sides.
(ii)
However, where public streets have been declared by
the Competent Authority, minimum road width will be
as per notified public street or Revenue record.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1742
82
Note:-
(a) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for
staircases and lifts.
(b) Basement, if constructed, may be used for parking, household storage, habitable
and consultancy service purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area
Ratio, if used for habitable purposes.
(c) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in
front setback within plot area.
(d) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.
(e) The maximum permissible ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is subject to the
fulfilment of the setback, height and parking norms.
(f) A toilet, not exceeding 6 sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on
the terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.
(g) The permissible building height shall exclude the parapet, water tank, and mumty.
However, a lift machine room and a toilet may be provided on the terrace floor.
(h) Minimum clear height for habitable room shall be 9’-0”or 2.75 m in every part of
the room.
(i) Open balcony or projection at the 1st or higher floor levels shall not be included
in the covered area. The Maximum permissible width of such balcony shall be 1.2
m for plot sizes upto 250 sq.m and 1.83m for plot sizes above 250 sq.m. However,
the width of the balcony shall not exceed more than half of setback width.
(j) The minimum area of a habitable room shall not be less than 100 sq. feet and one
side not less than 8 ft. and maximum area of a habitable room shall not be more
than 500 sq. feet and one side more than 30’-0”.
(k) The arrangement of habitable rooms and other components of a residential
dwelling unit shall be based on sound principles of planning and design of a
residential building.
(l) Construction of maximum two independent dwelling units on each floor shall be
allowed, provided the site coverage, FAR and height restrictions are adhered to.
(m) Minimum width of staircase in any case shall be 2’-6”.
(n) Minimum ventilation should be 20% of the floor area.
(o) At least 5% of the space to be left open in or around the building shall be used for
plantation.
(p) Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plots and flats on any floor,
subject to the following condition: -
(q) Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 50 percent
of Floor Area Ratio or 100 sq.m, whichever is less, for non-nuisance, non-
teaching, non-commercial, or non-trading activities for rendering consultancy
based on professional skills such as charted accountant, architect, engineer, town
planner, advocates, doctors (only consultancy) or other similar activities.
(r) Car parking or porch covered with a fiberglass roof will be permitted in the front
courtyard of the residential house. The stilts shall be permitted for parking
purposes as per norms, subject to condition that the total height achieved is
within the permissible height.
(s) Construction of access ramps within the street or road portion shall not be
allowed. This will be applicable to all categories of buildings.
(t) Clubbing of plots under single ownership for purpose of constructing one unit
with provision of rain water harvesting system & provision of underground water
storage tanks to ensure proper water pressure for supply to upper floors will be
permissible.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1743
83
Table 35: Group Housing, Multi-storeyed building and Apartments
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Road Width
60 feet (18m) and above
II.
Minimum Plot size
2000 Sq.m
III.
Minimum Frontage
18 Meters in width
IV.
Net
Residential
Density in Dwelling
Units per Acre
As per Master Plan or
Instructions of Government
V.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage in %age
35%
VI.
Maximum FAR
Minimum
Approach road
FAR
18 m (60 feet)
1:2.0
24 m (80 feet)
1:2.5
30 m (100 feet)
1:3.0
45 m (148 feet)
Unlimited
Notes:
(i)
FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per
Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by
government from time to time.
(ii)
The permissible or purchasable FAR shall be allowed
on all sizes of plots subject to fulfilment of all other
building norms such as ground coverage, setbacks,
parking, green area, fire and structural safety or any
permission required from any Department or Agency.
(iii)
The purchasable FAR may also be allowed on vacant
pockets of ongoing projects subject to fulfilment of
all other building norms such as ground coverage,
setbacks, parking, green area, structural stability
certificate, NOC from Fire Department or any
permission required from any Department or Agency.
(iv)
Further such addition or alteration shall be subject to
fulfillment of all liabilities created due to prior
permission, on payment of such charges and such fee
and on such terms and conditions, as may be
specified after giving due notice to the apartment
holders, who have taken apartments in such building,
as on date of application.
VII.
Maximum Height
No Restriction subject to Air Safety Regulations, Traffic
Circulation, Fire safety Norms. Fire preparedness and
Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
VIII.
Minimum
Setbacks
along the boundary of
site
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1744
84
(i)
The deficiency in the open spaces shall be made good
to satisfy required setbacks by providing further
setbacks at the upper levels;
(ii)
On sides where no habitable rooms face, a minimum
space of 9.0 m. shall be left for heights above 27.0 m.
(iii)
In case of multi storeyed buildings the exterior open
space around a building shall be of hard surface
capable to taking load of fire engine weighting upto
45 tonnes.
IX.
Economically Weaker
Section (EWS)
10% of No. of Dwelling Units (DU) or If the developer or
promoter opts for not providing EWS, then the charges as
per Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by
government from time to time.
X.
Parking
Unit area upto 120
sq. m
1.5 ECS per Dwelling Units
Unit area above 120
sq. m upto 300 sq.
m
2.0 ECS per Dwelling Units
Unit area above 300
sq. m
3.0 ECS per Dwelling Units
Additional 10% guest parking shall also be provided
*Unit area = total covered area on all floors in a block
including common areas i.e. lifts, stairs, corridor etc. ÷
(divided by) total number of dwelling units in the block.
XI
Other Uses
(i) The provisions of organized community open space or
parks shall be compulsory and shall be minimum 15%
of the total plot area.
(ii) Upto 1.0 percent of the total covered area of group
housing project shall be allowable for convenient
shopping such as grocery shop, vegetable shop, laundry
and dry cleaning, medical store, confectionery, bakery,
hair cutting saloon, stationery shop, milk booth
excluding Club Building.
(iii) Plot frontage shall not be less than 18 meters. If shops
are to be provided on the main approach road, the plot
frontage shall have 18 meters clear circulation space for
access to the apartments, required parking space and
frontage.
(iv) Provision of crèche, School, Community hall, Public
toilets, Solid Waste Management and other such
facilities like Sewerage Treat Plant shall be mandatory.
For these following norms shall be followed:
(a) Crèche or Nursery School (1 for 2500 persons)
having an area of 800 square meter
(b) Primary School (1 for 5000 persons) having an
area of 4000 square meter
Note: If there is school near the vicinity, i.e, 1
km of the radius from the Centre of the site then
exemption for providing the school within the
area may be granted.
(c) Community Hall (1 for 15000 persons) having an
area of 2000 square meter
(d) Public Toilets: Public toilets for visitors or
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1745
85
customers shall be provided as per norms of
National Building Code (NBC)-2016 separately for
males, females and differently abled persons.
(e) Norms for other utilities or facilities shall be as
per Urban and Regional Development Plans
Formulation and Implementation guidelines.
(f) Minimum number of staircases in a single cluster
of units or tower shall be provided as per National
Building Code-2016 norms. Fire staircase shall not
be counted in FAR.
(g) One lift in the towered group housing buildings
shall have the capacity for a stretcher to carry an
ailing person.
(h) Parapet height for high rise buildings (30 meter
and above) shall be at least 4 feet.
(i) A studio apartment means a self - contained
apartment having, single bedroom with bathroom
and kitchenette with or without living room.
Table 36: Affordable Group Housing
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
0.5 acres
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
18m
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Site Area
V.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m to 45 m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m & above
Unlimited*
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VII.
Convenient Shopping
A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio
(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for
convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,
vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or
chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,
milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental
store, Automated Teller Machine (ATM), mobile shops,
small clinics excluding Club Building.
VIII.
Dwelling Unit Size
Carpet Area - 45 sq.m to 90sq.m.
IX.
Minimum
Parking
Required
Affordable
Group
Housing
1 ECS per Dwelling Unit
Note: An additional 10% of the required parking spaces
shall be provided for guest parking.
Commercia
l
within
Group
Housing
2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
No separate mercantile parking is required.
X.
Minimum Green Area
Requirement
Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area
shall be in the form of organized park or playground with
minimum width of 10m.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1746
86
XI.
Permissible Density
150 Dwelling Units per Acre
Table 37: Economical Weaker Section Housing
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
0.5 acres
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
18m
III.
Minimum Frontage
20m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Site Area
V.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
Minimum approach road 18 m to 45
m
1:3.0
Minimum approach road 45 m &
above
Unlimited*
VI.
Convenient Shopping
A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio
(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for
convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,
vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or
chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,
milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental
store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club
Building.
VII.
Size of Dwelling Unit
Carpet Area of 30 sq.m to 45 sq.m
VIII.
Minimu
m
Parking
Require
d
EWS Housing
1 ECS per Dwelling Unit
Note: An additional 10% of the required parking spaces
shall be provided for guest parking.
Commercial
within Group
Housing
1 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area
No separate mercantile parking is required.
IX.
Minimum Green Area
Requirement
Minimum 15 % of site area in which 10 percent of site area
shall be in the form of organized park or playground with
minimum width of 10m.
X.
Permissible Density
300 Dwelling Units per Acre
(2)
Other general control for Group Housing, Affordable Group Housing and
Economical Weaker Section Housing following shall be applicable; namely:-
(i)
Staircase:- Min. Width: 1350mm, Maximum Riser: 150mm and Minimum Tread: 300mm.
(ii)
*Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls such as
ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and ventilation,
height, fire and structural safety.
(iii)
An incentive in the form of additional Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be admissible on the
basic FAR, subject to submission of a valid Green Building Certificate or provisional or
pre- Green Building Certificate at the time of building plan approval and as per other
terms and conditions mentioned in these regulations. The incentive shall be as under:
(a) 5% additional FAR for buildings rated Three Star or Bronze or Silver
(b) 7.5% additional FAR for buildings rated Four Star or Gold
(c) 10% additional FAR for buildings rated Five Star or Platinum
(iv)
The boundary wall may be recessed by 6 meters along the approach road’s to
accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be calculated @ 11.5 square
meters.
(v)
Apart from the aforementioned norms, all other provisions; such as applicability,
enforcement, and other conditions; for EWS housing shall be governed by the
government policies issued from time to time.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1747
87
(3) Other general control for Independent Floors.- Independent Floors means selling
independent residential floors on residential plots subject to the following:
(i)
Ground coverage, FAR, Height and Setbacks shall be as per Residential Plotted. Further,
Rear setback shall be mandatory on plots above 100 sq.m only. Maximum numbers of
floors shall be S+4.
(ii)
Provision of a stilt shall be mandatory. The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or
scooter parking, except for staircases and lifts.
(iii) In case of Independent Floor, common staircase or common elevator is permissible
maximum for two plots subjected to the conditions the minimum clear width of staircases
for buildings shall be 1250 mm.
(iv)
The builder or seller of independent floors shall have to obtain permission from Real
Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA), if required.
(v)
No Objection Certificate (NOC) regarding Fire safety shall be mandatory.
(vi)
Structural Stability Certificate from Structural Engineer shall be mandatory as prescribed
by the Government from time to time.
(vii)
For selling Independent Floors, the owner shall be bound to pay charges as applicable to
Group Housing Project less plotted development, if already paid.
32. Commercial.- The commercial building of various types shall be governed by following
norms, namely:-
Table 38: Commercial Building
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach
Road
Licensed Colony or Town Planning Scheme or Development
Scheme or Commercial Building: - 60 feet
However, in case of Municipal Councils or Nagar
Panchayats, double storey commercial shall also be permissible
for plots upto 500 sq.yds abutting on 40 feet wide road.
Note*
(a) In case sites are clubbed, minimum road width as
applicable to clubbed area shall be applicable.
(b) In declared Commercial areas in Master Plan or
notification by Local Government Department in any
Urban Local Body (ULB), the road width shall be as per
existing ground situation or revenue record subject to fire
and safety regulations.
II.
Maximum Ground
Coverage
Upto 50 sq. m of plot area
80%
For the next 75 sq.m of plot area
75%
For the next 125 sq.m of plot area
65%
For the next 250 sq.m of plot area
60%
For the next remaining area of plot
50%
Note: The additional ground coverage excluding Front
Setback area shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of these
regulations or as amended by government from time to time
subject to permissible F.A.R, fulfillment of parking and other
mandatory parameters.
III.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
Road Width
F.A.R
18 meters
1:2.00
24 meters
1:3.00
45 meters
Unlimited
FAR above 1:3.00 shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of
these regulations or as amended by government from time to
time.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1748
88
IV.
Maximum Permissible
Height
No Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire Safety requirement
Circulation, Fire Preparedness and Equipment‘s of Urban
Local Bodies (ULBs).
V.
Setbacks
a)
For
Low
Rise
Building Height upto
21 m
Front setback shall be minimum 10% and rear and side
setbacks shall be as per the area left after the permissible
ground coverage and front setback for all plot sizes.
b)
For
High
Rise
Buildings height above
21 meters
Front setback shall be 10% or as per the following table,
whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the rear
and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VI.
Parking
1 ECS for every 60 square yards (50 square meters) of covered
area.
Note: Multi Level Mechanical covered Parking will also be
permissible subject to fulfilment of structural requirements
within the permissible norms.
VII.
Basement
The construction of basement in commercial buildings shall be
governed in accordance with detailed provisions contained in
these rules.
VIII.
Staircase or
exit requirements
Upto 125 square yards
1.0 meters (3 feet 3 inches)
125 square yards up to
250 square yards
1.2 meters (4 feet)
Above 250 square yards
1.5 meters (5 feet)
(a) Maximum Riser: 150mm and Minimum Tread:
300mm
(b) In case of common staircase, width of staircase shall
be provided as per the total plot area of the clubbed
plots for which the same is being put to use.
(c) Approach to upper floors can also be permitted from
the public corridor.
IX
Licensed Colony or
Town Planning Scheme
or Development Scheme
Public corridor of width 8 feet 3 inches shall be mandatory
and Basement plus 3 storeys shall be allowed in Commercial
Units in a Licensed Colony or Town Planning Scheme or
Development Scheme and no separate zoning plan is required.
Table 39: Commercial Buildings in Core Areas or Walled City
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Permissible Use All activities permissible in Mixed Land use
II.
Minimum
approach road
No Restriction
III.
Ground
Coverage
100%
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1749
89
IV.
Height
upto 21m height
Note: However, in case of site abutting 60 feet or above road width,
the owner can opt for construction as per table 38.
V.
Parking
Exempted on payment of such charges as per Annexure-23 of these
regulations or as amended by government from time to time.
Table 40: Miniplex
Serial No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum
Approach Road
Plot size 2000 sqm and upto 4054 square meter;
60'-0"
II.
Minimum Frontage
70 feet
III.
Maximum Ground
Coverage
50 % of Net Plot Area
IV.
Maximum Floor
Area Ratio
Minimum approach road width 18 m (60'-0")
1:2.25
Minimum approach road width 24 m (80'-0")
1:2.5
V.
In case of existing cinema sites, if road width is less than 60
feet but more than 35 feet then FAR will be 1:2.00
VI.
Maximum Height
of Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VII.
Setbacks
Front setback shall be 20% or as per the following table,
whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the
rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VIII.
Parking
Parking area shall be 2 ECS (Equivalent car space) for every
80 square yards or 66.91 sq.m of built up area of the cinema
component and 2 ECS for every 120 square yards or 100
sq.m of built up area of commercial or other components.
Note:-
(a) Miniplex: shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having maximum
of four cinema halls with maximum seating capacity not exceeding 999 seats in all
cinema halls.
(b) In case of Miniplex or Cinema the physical and development norms as specified in the
Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1952, shall also be applicable. However, for the
provisions not specified or covered under this Act, these rules shall be applicable.
(c) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts are permissible
in Miniplex.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1750
90
Table 41: Multiplex
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Plot area
4840 square yards.
In case of existing cinema sites, plot area will be as per
approved cinema site.
II.
Minimum road Width
80 foot
In case of existing cinema sites, road width will be as per
existing road width on which the cinema abuts.
III.
Permissible
Site
Coverage
45%
IV.
Minimum Frontage
24m
V.
Permissible FAR
ROAD WIDTH
FAR
24 meters
1: 2.5
30 meters
1:3.0
45 meters
Unlimited
Note: FAR above 1:1.75 shall be purchasable as per
Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by
government from time to time.
In case of existing cinema sites, if road width is less than 80
feet then FAR will be as follows.
Road Width
F.A.R
60 foot or more but less than 80 foot
1:1.50
35 foot or more but less than 60 foot
1:1.25
VI.
Height
No Restriction subject to Air Safety Regulations, Traffic
Circulation, Fire safety Norms. Fire preparedness and
Equipments of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
VII.
Minimum Cinemas
2
In case of existing cinemas or cinema sites, minimum 1
cinema will be required to be provided.
VIII.
Minimum
number
of
seats
150 for each cinema
IX.
Setbacks
Front setback shall be 20% or as per the following table,
whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the
rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
X.
Parking Norms
i)
10% of the open area shall be used for
landscaping and remaining for parking as per
norms.
ii)
Parking area shall be 2 ECS (Equivalent car
space) for every 80 square yards or 66.91 sq.m of
built up area of the cinema component and 2 ECS
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1751
91
for every 120 square yards or 100 sq.m of built
up area of commercial or other components.
Note:-
(a) Multiplex: Shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping complex or centre
having at least two cinema halls and may have theatres, auditorium, Retail Shops,
Commercial Showroom, Restaurants, Food Plazas, Health Club, Fitness Centre, Club,
Call Centre, Private Offices, Hotel, Service Apartments, Convention Hall, Bank, Cyber
Café, Video Games Parlours, Pub, Bar, Bowling Allies and other Commercial and
Recreational facilities. It is clarified that entire area or Building of Multiplex except
Cinema Halls, shall fall in the commercial category.
(b) Multiplex building shall also be allowed on cinema sites approved under ―The Punjab
Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1952.
Table 42: Hotel or Motel:-
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach
Road
Road width
FAR
12 meters
1:2.00
18 meters
1:2.5
24 meters
1:3.00
30 meters
Unlimited
II.
Minimum Plot Size
200 sq.m
III.
Minimum Frontage
12 m
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Net Plot Area
Note: The additional ground coverage excluding Front Setback
area shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of these
regulations or as amended by government from time to time
subject to permissible FAR, fulfilment of parking and other
mandatory parameters.
V.
Maximum Height of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and
fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground
coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.
VI.
Parking
1 ECS per 50 square meters of the total covered area.
VII.
Setbacks
(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be mandatory i.e.
minimum 20% or 20m whichever is less and rear and side
setbacks shall be optional. If left, it shall be minimum 3 meters.
(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per the
following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum of
20m and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following
table:-
Height
of
Building
(in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required to
be left (in meters)
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
Note:-
(a) 5% of the FAR can be used for commercial purpose within the Hotel building.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1752
92
Table 43: Mix Land Use
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Permitted Use
All compatible uses including IT Industry, except all other
category of Industries subject to the fulfillment of siting
guidelines and Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB)
norms.
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18 m
III.
Minimum Site Area
2000 sq.m.
IV.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of Plot Area
V.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio 18 m
1:2.0
24 m
1:2.5
30 m
1:3.0
45 m
Unlimited*
Note:-FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per
Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by
government from time to time.
VI.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
VII.
Setbacks
Front setback shall be 20% subject to a maximum of 20m
or as per the following table, whichever is more and the
rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VIII.
Parking
As per component of the building.
IX.
Green Area Requirement
Minimum 15 % of site area in the form of organized park
or playground with minimum width of 15m.
Note:-
(a)
The relevant provisions, other than above, shall be applicable as per the component
provided for in the Mix Use Project.
Table 44: Club or Community Center:-
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach Road
Plot size from 500 sq.m upto 2000
sq.m
18m (60‘-0‖)
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
24m (80‘-0‖)
II.
Maximum Ground Coverage
40% of Net Plot Area
III.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.5
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1753
93
IV.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
V.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.
VI.
Setbacks
(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be
minimum 20% and rear and side setbacks shall be as
per the area left after the permissible ground coverage
and front setback for all plot sizes.
(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or
as per the following table, whichever is more and the
rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following
table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum
Setbacks
required to be left (in
meters)
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
Note:-
(a) Community Centre shall only have banquet hall, kitchen, library, office and
reading room, except these if any other activity proposed than it shall be
considered as club.
Table 45: Guest house or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments:-
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
200 sq. meters
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size from 200 sq. meters upto 836.43 sq.
meters
12 meters
Plot size above 836.43 square meters
18 meters
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Net Plot Area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
Plot size from 200 square meters upto 836.43 sq.
meters
1:1.0
Plot size above 836.43 square meters
1:2.0
V.
Maximum Height of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.
VII.
Frontage
Plot size from 200 sq. meters upto 836.43 sq.
meters
12 meters
Plot size above 836.43 sq. meters
20 meters
VIII.
Setbacks
(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20%
and rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after
the permissible ground coverage and front setback for all
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1754
94
plot sizes.
(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% subject
to a maximum of 20m or as per the following table,
whichever is more and the rear and side setbacks shall be as
per the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
Table 46: Dhaba
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum
Approach
Road
Plot size from 500 sq.m upto 2000 sq.m
18m (60‘-0‖)
Plot size above 2000 sq.m
24m (80‘-0‖)
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Plot Area
III.
Floor Area Ratio
1:0.5
IV.
Height
8m.
V.
Setbacks
around
buildings
Front: 10m
Sides and rear: 3m
VI.
Parking
30% of plot area
(a) Maximum 50 sq.mt. area for Kiosks like STD, books, cassettes etc. can be permissible
as ancillary uses within F.A.R
(b) The access permission is required from competent authority if the site is located on
scheduled road or State Highway or National Highway.
Table 47: Wholesale Trade or Ware house or Integrated Freight Complex (Standalone)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
1 Ha.
II.
Minimum Approach Road
24 m (80‘-0‖)
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of Net Plot Area
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.50
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.
VII.
Setbacks
Front setback shall be 20% subject to a maximum of
20m or as per the following table, whichever is more and
the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following
table:-
Height of Building (in Minimum
Setbacks
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1755
95
meters)
required to be left (in
meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
Note:-
a. The minimum parking area shall be 2 ECS for every 100 sq m or 120 sqyds
constructed area.
b. Relevant provisions of the Master Plan of the town shall be adhered.
Petrol Pumps:
Table 48: The following regulations are recommended for locating the petrol pump cum
service stations:-
Serial
No.
Categories
Minimum size
Min Front
Setback
Ground
Coverage
FAR
Height
I.
Only filling
Station
30 m.(Front) x 17 m.
(side)
(98‘-6‖ X 55‘-9‖)
3m or 10‘
10%
1:0.10 6m or
20‘
II.
For two-three
wheelers
18 m.(Front) x 15 m.
(side)
(59‘ X 49‘-3‖)
3m or 10‘
10%
III.
Filling-cum-
service station
Minimum size:- 36
m.(Front x 30 m. (side)
(118‘ X 98‘-6‖)
Maximum 45m (Front) X
33m. (side) (147‘-6‖ X
108‘-3‖)
6m or 20‘
20%
1:0.20 6m or
20‘
IV.
Compressed
Natural Gas
(CNG) Mother
Station
36 m.(Front) x 30 m.
(side)
(118‘ X 98‘-6‖)
6m or 20‘
20%
1:0.20 4.5 m
or 15‘
(single
Storey)
V.
Compressed
Natural Gas
(CNG)
Daughter
Station
30 m.(Front) x 17 m.
(side)
(98‘-6‖ X 55‘-9‖)
3m or 10‘
10%
1:0.10 6m or
20‘
VI.
Minimum
Road width
New Petrol Pump shall not be located on roads having less than 60
feet. Right of Way. Anything not contained in these rules shall be as
per Indian Road Congress (IRC) or Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways (MoRTH) Guidelines.
VII.
Minimum
distance from
the
road
intersections
1) For minor roads having less than 30 m or 98‘-6‖ ROW(Right of
Way) = 50 m. or 164‘
2) For major roads having ROW (Right of Way) 30 m. or 98‘-6‖
or more = 100 m. or 328‘
Note:- Any Rasta kacha or pucca where ROW (Right of Way) is
less than or equal to 22 feet, it will not be considered as
intersection.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1756
96
VIII.
Other
regulations
1) For Sites abutting on National Highways, the guidelines of IRC
or MoRTH shall be apply.
2) No Objection Certificate (NOC) from Punjab Pollution Control
Board (PPCB).
3) It shall be approved by Explosives or Fire Department.
4) The canopy area shall be equivalent to permissible ground
coverage within setback line.
5) The building component shall include Control room or office or
Dispensing room, store, pantry and Water Closet (W.C.).
33. Industrial.- (1) The industrial buildings of various types shall be governed by following
norms, namely:-
(i)
Set back lines, ground coverage and height of industrial buildings in the
government approved schemes or Industrial Focal Points transferred to the local
bodies shall be as per approved zoning plans or schedule of clauses.
(ii)
In the non-scheme industrial land use zones ground coverage, F.A.R. and height
shall be regulated as following and other components shall be regulated as per the
provisions of the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020
and the rules made there under.
Note:-
Residential components in the industrial plot or premises shall not exceed 15% of
the area of the site and shall be within the maximum permissible covered area.
Table 49: Industrial plotted or Godowns or storage buildings:
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach Road
12 meters
II.
Maximum Ground Coverage
70 % of the plot area
III.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:3.0
IV.
Maximum Height of Building
21m
Note: Excluding mumty, parapet, lift room and
architectural features
V.
Setbacks around buildings
Front and Rear
setback
Side setback , if left at any
point of the building,
1/4th of the height
of the building or
2m whichever is
more.
1/5th of the height of the
building
or
1.5
m
whichever is more
VI.
Parking
General,
Textile,
Knitwear
and
Sports Industry
0.5 ECS per 100 sq. meters
of the total covered area.
Information
Technology
For site area upto 2 Acres,
1 ECS per 100 sq. meters of
the total covered area.
For site area above 2 Acres,
2 ECS per 100 sq. meters of
the total covered area.
Note: For plots above 1000
sq.m, a loading unloading
space of 3.5m x 7.5m shall
be provided at the rate of 1
space per 1000 sq.m of plot
area.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1757
97
Note:-
5% additional ground coverage shall be permitted in case of retail service
industry.
Table 50: Industrial flatted:
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
2000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach
Road
18 meters
III.
Maximum Ground
Coverage
40 %
IV.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
1:3
V.
Maximum height of
the Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfillment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
2.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.
(2)
Other controls for Industrial Buildings.-
(i)
For industrial plots more than 1000 sq.mt,. 10% of the total plot area shall be
reserved as amenity open space. When such amenity open space exceeds 1500
sq.m, the excess area could be utilized for construction of buildings for banks,
canteen, welfare centre and such other common purposes.
(ii)
Upto 15 percent of the total covered area in industrial buildings will be
permissible for the housing of staff and/or workers.
34. Educational Buildings.- The educational buildings of various types shall be governed by
following norms, namely:
Table 51: Pre Nursery or Nursery School
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
200 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
12 m
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
40% of site area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.0
V.
Maximum number of Floors
G+2
VI.
Setbacks around buildings
Front: 6m or 1/4th of the height of the building,
whichever is more
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1758
98
Other side: 4.5m or 1/4th of the height of the
building, whichever is more
VII.
Parking
1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.
Note:-
(a) Creche or Day Care facilities: As per the provision of Occupational Safety,
Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020.
(b) The height of the rooms shall be not less than 3.6 meter from the floor to soffit
and there shall not be less than 1.86 sq.m of floor area or child to be
accommodated and maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh
air.
(c) There is a minimum of one toilet and one wash hand basin for every 10
children over the age of two years.
(d) The minimum staffing ratios for care shall be 1:4 children
(e) Monitoring- There is a necessity of minimum two supervisor on continuous
duty.
(f) Crèches or day care facilities for toddlers are allowed in Residential zones
with minimum 40 feet road. Ground coverage and FAR as per Residential
plotted category will be applicable.
(g) Day care centers/ crèches which are above 1000 sq. meters shall be
considered at par with nursery schools.
(h) Play way schools shall attract norms of nursery schools.
Table 52: Primary School
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
2000 sq. meters or as per requirement of affiliation
authority, whichever is more
II.
Minimum Approach Road
12 m
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
40% of site area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.20
V.
Maximum Height of Building Upto 21 m.
VI.
Setbacks
6 meters
VII.
Parking
1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.
Table 53: Higher Secondary School or College
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
5000 sq. meters or as per requirement of affiliation
authority, whichever is more
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18 m
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
35% of site area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.50
V.
Maximum Height of Building
No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire
Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness
and Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per
the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum
Setbacks
required to be left (in
meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1759
99
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.
Table 54: Education and Research Centre
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
above 8 Ha. or 19.75 acres
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18 m
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
30% of site area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:1.20
V.
Maximum Height of Building
No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire
Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness
and Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per
the following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum
Setbacks
required to be left (in
meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.
VIII.
Components
Academic,
including
administration
45% of the total land area with
Ground coverage up to 30%, FAR
up to 1:1.20.
Residential
25% of the total land area.
Housing
(Plotted
or
Group
Housing) shall be regulated by the
applicable planning norms and
these rules.
Sports
and
Cultural
Activities
15% of the total land area with
Ground coverage up to 10% and
FAR up to 1:0.15.
Parks
and
landscape
15% of the total land area.
Table 55: Medical College or Nursing College with Hospital, Hostel
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
5 acres
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1760
100
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18 m
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
5-10 acres
40%
10 acres
45%
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
5-10 acres
1:1.50
10 acres
1:2.0
V.
Maximum Height of Building
No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire
Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness and
Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per
the following table:-
Height of Building
(in meters)
Minimum
Setbacks
required to be left (in
meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
1.5 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.
35. Institutional.- (1) The institutional buildings of various types shall be governed by
following norms; namely:-
Table 56: Nursing home or Hospital
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Plot
Size
and
Minimum approach
road
Plot Size (in sq yards)
Road width (in feets)
From 200-1000 sq.yds
30‘
Above 1000 sq.yds
60‘
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
Upto 1000 sq.yds – 50% of site area
Above 1000 sq.yds - 40% of site area
III.
Maximum
Floor
Area Ratio
Permissible
F.A.R
Total Permissible FAR
after Purchase
Road width
1:1.5
1:2
Min. approach road
30‘
1:1.75
1:2.25
Min. approach road
60‘
1:2.25
1:2.75
Min. approach road
80‘
FAR as mentioned above shall be purchasable as per charges
mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended
by government from time to time.
IV.
Maximum height of
the building
No restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and
fulfillment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground
coverage, FAR, structural safety and fire safety norms.
V.
Setbacks
(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20%
and rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after the
permissible ground coverage and front setback for all plot
sizes.
Section
262 (2a)
of
PMC
Act 1976,
240(zzz)
of
PM
Act 1911,
73 (xv) of
PTI
Act
1922.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1761
101
(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per
the following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum
of 20m and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required to
be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area
(2)
Other Controls (for all plot sizes of Nursing Homes or Hospitals):
(i) Upto 25% of the permitted FAR can be utilized for residential use for essential staffs,
dormitory or hostel for attendants of the patients, Crèche.
(ii) Common areas such as waiting halls, reception and fire stairs cases shall be allowed
free from FAR.
(iii) Service floor shall not be counted in FAR.
(iv) Maximum up to 2% of covered area shall be allowed to be used for community space
or crèche or chemist shop or bank counter on Hospital sites and also Medical College
or Nursing and Paramedic institutes sites.
(v) Adequate arrangements for disposal of hospital waste have to be made as per the Bio-
Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998, as amended from time to
time along with the instructions or guidelines issued by the Punjab Pollution Control
Board from time to time.
(vi) The double basement may be allowed, if all other conditions for structural stability,
fire safety, light and ventilation are fulfilled and one of the basements shall be used
exclusively for parking.
(vii) Every building having more than fifteen meters height shall be provided with a
minimum of one lift and total number of such lifts shall be calculated on the basis of
one lift for every 900 square meter floor area above 4 storey.
(a) The size of lift shall not be less than 5‘x8‖
(b) Ramp: The width of the ramp for movement of patients and public shall not be
less than 4‘-6‖ and gradient shall not be less than 1:8.
(viii) Every such building shall have a water storage capacity of 200 liters per bed with an
additional storage of 100 liters per bed where laundry facility is provided.
(ix) Every such building shall have a provision for an alternate power supply and proper
area will be earmarked for installation of a silent generator or any other mode at such
place that it will not cause any inconvenience to the patients, public in general and the
neighborhood.
(x) The provisions contained in ―The persons with Disability Equal Opportunities
protection of Rights & Full participation Act, 1996‖, so far as this relates to planning,
designing and construction of public buildings, guidelines and space standards for
Barrier Free Environment for Disabled & Elderly persons proposed under this Act by
CPWD, Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment India-1998 or as revised from time
to time shall also be compiled with.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1762
102
Table 57: Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre or Care Centre or School
or Institute for Mentally challenged or Physically Handicapped Person or Hostel
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
200 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
12m (40‘-0‖)
III.
Maximum Ground Coverage
40%
IV.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
1:2.00
V.
Maximum Height of Building
21m, for hostel- unrestricted
VI.
Setbacks
6 meters
VII.
Parking
1.8 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
36. Public Buildings.- The public buildings of various types shall be governed by the
following norms:
Table 58: Public Concert Hall or Auditorium, Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
800 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40%
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.0
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-
mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the
rates as per charges mentioned in Annexure-23 of these
regulations or as amended by government from time to
time.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VI.
Setbacks around buildings
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
Notes:
(a) Upto 1.0 percent of the total FAR area of Public Concert Hall or Auditorium,
Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition shall be allowable for commercial
activity.
(b) Upto 15% of the total FAR area in Public Buildings shall be permissible for the
housing of the staff or workers.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1763
103
Table 59: Public Offices
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
II.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
30% of plot area
III.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio 1:2.00
IV.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport
Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks
around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural
safety and fire safety norms.
V.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum
Setbacks
required to be left (in
meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
Table 60: Religious Buildings
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
200 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
and Site area
12m (40'-0")
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
40% of site area
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:1.0
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
15 meters upto roof level and including shikhara 26
meters.
VI.
Parking
2ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
Table 61: Convention Centre
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site Area
8000 sq.m
II.
Minimum Approach Road
18m
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of plot area
IV.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
1:2.0
An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-mentioned
permissible limit shall be purchasable at the rates as per
charges mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1764
104
as amended by government from time to time.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required
to be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.
Note:-
(a) Upto 30 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be
allowable for hotel activity.
(b) Upto 1.0 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be
allowed for commercial activity.
Table 62: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
4000 sq.m
II.
Minimum
Approach
Road
18m
III.
Maximum
Ground
Coverage
50% of plot area
IV.
Maximum Floor Area
Ratio
1:3.0
The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable as per charges
mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as
amended by government from time to time.
V.
Maximum
Height
of
Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority
and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,
ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety
norms.
VI.
Setbacks
Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the
following table:-
Height of Building (in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required to
be left (in meters)
Upto 21
6
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1765
105
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VII.
Parking
3 ECS per 100 square meters of the Exhibition area and 2
ECS per100 square meters other than Exhibition area.
Note:-
Minimum area for different component shall be provided as per the Punjab
Industrial and Business Development Policy, 2022 or as amendment from time to
time.
37. Marriage Palace.- As per the Government of Punjab, Department of Housing and Urban
Development Punjab Notification No.12/8/2012-5HgII/4610, dated 11.08.2017.
38. Multi level Car Parking (Standalone)
Table 63: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone)
Serial
No.
Parameter
Permissible Limits
I.
Minimum Site area
1000 sq.m
II.
Maximum Ground
Coverage
80%
III.
Maximum
Floor
Area
Ratio
for
commercial
A maximum of 20% of the total covered area within the main
parking building envelope may be allowed for commercial use on
any two floors.
IV.
Maximum
Height
of Building
No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and
fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground
coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.
V.
Setbacks
(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20% and
rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after the
permissible ground coverage and front setback for all plot sizes.
(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per the
following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m
and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following
table:-
Height
of
Building
(in
meters)
Minimum Setbacks required to
be left (in meters)
Above 21 Upto 24
7
Above 24 Upto 27
8
Above 27 Upto 40
9
Above 40 Upto 55
12
Above 55 Upto 70
14
Above 70 upto 100
16
Above 100 Upto 120
18
Above 120
20
VI.
Parking
2 ECS per 100 square meters of the commercial FAR
Note:-
a) The ground coverage includes all built-up areas at the ground level, including the
main structure as well as ancillary facilities such as parking areas, toilets, service
zones, utility rooms, and other supporting buildings.
b) Commercial shops may be rented out but are not permitted to be leased or sold.
c) Completion or partial completion of commercial component shall only be allowed
after the completion of the parking component as per approved plans.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
Section
262 (2a)
of
P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zz
z) of P.A.
No. 3 of
1911, 73
of
P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1766
106
PART VI
GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
39. General Planning or Development Norms.- (1) Setback of Projected portion of roof
level- The projected portion of parapet, flues, ducts, water storage tanks, mumties,
minarets, domes, water cooling tanks, lift rooms exceeding 2.75 meters in height shall be
receded from the facade by a minimum distance equal to their height above roof level,
failing which these shall be counted in calculating the height of the building as well as
floor area ratio.
However, For the purpose of calculating the height of a building, architectural
elements mean non‑habitable features such as parapets, cornices, ornamental projections,
service chimneys, antennae, and other similar features which are purely decorative or non
functional in nature and do not constitute an additional floor or habitable space or usable
space. Such elements shall not be counted towards the overall permissible height of the
building, provided they conform to the limits specified by the competent authority i.e the
Airport Authority of India, or the Indian Air Force, as the case may be. Any enclosure or
structure on the roof or façade that is used, or is capable of being used, as habitable space
or any non-habitable usable space shall not be treated as an architectural element and
shall be included in the height of the building.
In the case of rooftop installation of photovoltaic solar panels, a clear height of up
to 2.4 meters may be permitted below the panels. This structure shall not be considered in
the calculation of the building's overall height or the Floor Area Ratio (FAR).
(2)
Courtyard or Open Space:-
(i)
Inner Courtyard for Light and Ventilation.- The minimum area of every closed
or partially closed courtyard of any building upon which habitable rooms abut
shall not be less than 9 sq.m. (nine square meters) and the minimum clear width of
every such courtyard in any direction shall not be less than 2.4 meters or 1/5th of
the average height of the building, whichever is more.
Where only water-closet and bath room are abutting on the inner courtyard,
the size of the inner courtyard shall be in line with the provision for ventilation shaft
as given in sub rule (ii) below.
(ii)
Ventilation Shaft.- For ventilating the spaces for water-closets and bath rooms, if
not opening on to outer or interior open spaces, these shall open in to the
ventilation shaft, the size of which shall not be less than the values given below:
Table 64 : Size of Ventilation shaft
Serial
No.
Height of building
(excluding Stilt)
Size
of
ventilation shaft
(m2)
Minimum
one
dimension of the shaft
(m)
I.
upto 3 Floors
1.2
0.9
II.
upto 4 Floors
2.0
1.2
III.
upto 6 Floors
4.0
1.5
IV.
upto 8 Floors
5.4
1.8
V.
upto 10 Floors
8.0
2.4
VI.
Above 10 Floors
9.0
3.0
Note:-
(a) For buildings of height above 30 m, a mechanical ventilation system shall be
installed besides the provision of minimum ventilation shaft.
(b) For fully air conditioned residential or business buildings, the ventilation shaft
need not be insisted upon, provided the air conditioning system works in an
uninterrupted manner, also, provided there is an alternative source of power
supply.
(c) For mechanical ventilation in building shall be as per the provision of National
Building Code of India, 2016 (NBC-2016), amended time to time.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1767
107
(iii)
Outer courtyard or open space.-The minimum width of the outer courtyard or
open space shall be not less than 2.4 m. If the width of the outer courtyard or open
space is less than 2.4 m, it shall not be treated as an outer courtyard or open space
and the provisions of outer courtyard or open space shall not apply. However, if
the depth of the outer courtyard or open space is more than the width, the
provisions of above sub rule (i) shall apply for the open spaces to be left between
the building(s) when any habitable room depends on light and ventilation from
such outer courtyard or open space.
(3)
Projection and Balcony.-
Table 65: Projections
Serial
No.
Size of Plot
Maximum allowable projection within Plot Area
(free from ground coverage and floor area ratio)
I.
Upto 250 sq.m
Shall not be more than one-third of the corresponding
depth of front or rear setback or 0.91 meters (3'-0"),
whichever is less.
II.
Above 250 sq.m
1.83 meter (6'-0")
Table 66: Balcony
Serial
No.
Size of Plot
Maximum allowable projection within Plot Area
(free from ground coverage and floor area ratio)
I.
Upto 250 sq.m
Shall not be more than one-third of the corresponding
depth of front or rear setback or 1.22 meters (4'-0"),
whichever is less.
II.
Above 250 sq.m
2.45 meter (8'-0")
Note:-
(a) The width of the balcony or projection shall not exceed more than half of setback
width.
(b) Provided that projection on door and window shall not exceed 0.91 meters. (3'-0").
(c) Provided further that projection shall not be at a lesser height than 2.06 meters (6'-
9") clear above the plinth level of the building.
(d) In case of corner plots, in any case sunshade not exceeding 0.60 meter (2 feet) on
window opening on to the side shall be permitted at a height not less than 2.06 meters
(6'-9").
(e) If the projection or balcony is provided more than the provision of above Tables, then
the area of the additional projection shall be counted toward F.A.R.
(f) Wrap around continuous balconies will be allowed as long as their area does not
exceed 50% of the total open area, otherwise counted in FAR. In such cases 50% of
open area shall not fall within the shaded area after considering 45 dgree angles
from both sides.
(4)
Parking.- (i) Parking of vehicles shall be permissible as given below:-
(a) Surface Parking.
(b) Under stilts of building(s).
(c) Under Basement or Multilevel Basement of the building(s).
Provided that the provisions of the basement shall be as per sub-rule (7)
of rule 43 of these rules.
(d) Under podium of a building(s), the provisions of the podium shall be as
per the National Building Code of India, 2016 (NBC-2016) as amended
from time to time.
(e) Under separate multi-level parking block exclusively for parking,
maximum upto 20 percent of the plot area and such area shall not be
counted towards FAR (Floor Area Ratio) and Ground Coverage subject to
fulfilment of these rules.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1768
108
(f) Under Multi Level Car Parking within the building block as per the
provisions of these rules.
(ii)
A maximum 20% of the total required parking may be allowed as mechanical
parking, except for the residential component in Group Housing. However, it
shall be provided fully automatic in which lower cars do not have to manually be
moved out to take out the cars parked in upper stacks.
Mechanical parking shall be permitted subject to compliance with
mechanical and structural safety and shall be covered with a permanent or
temporary roof structure.
Provided that, to establish automatic stack systems, a brochure
demonstrating the operation of the stacks shall be submitted as part of the
building plan approval application. The completion certificate shall be issued only
after it is verified that the installed stack parking system operates in accordance
with the submitted specifications.
(iii)
It is mandatory to provide Electrical Vehicle Charging Infra-structure in all
buildings as per the clauses 4.4.4.3 and 4.4.4.4 of the Punjab Electric Vehicle
Policy-2022 issued by Government of Punjab, Department of Transport,
Notification No. 10/43/2018-2T2 (PF 2022)/ 330 dated the 21st February, 2023.
(iv)
Parking under stilts shall be permissible and the clear height of the stilt from the
finished level of the ground floor to the under surface of the beam, joint girders or
any other horizontal structure member shall not be less than 2.4m.
(v)
In case parking is provided under stilts or podium or basement it shall not be
counted towards FAR and height for calculating the setback of the building for
the purpose of light and ventilation only.
(vi)
Parking spaces shall be paved and clearly marked for different types of vehicles.
(vii)
In buildings of mercantile (commercial), industrial (except Information
Technology) and storage type, in addition to the parking spaces provided, a space
at the rate of 3.5 m × 7.5 m, shall be provided for loading and unloading
activities, for each 2000 m2 of floor area or fraction thereof.
(viii)
For the provision of car parking spaces, the space standards shall be as under.-
(a) For open parking 23 square meters per equivalent car space.
(b) For ground floor covered parking or Stilt 28 square meters per equivalent
car space.
(c) For basement or podium or multilevel floors: 32 square meter per
equivalent car space.
Provided further that, if the boundary wall is recessed by 6 meters
along the approach road to accommodate parking, then only 11.5 square
meters is required per ECS, as compared to the standard 23 square meters
and this recessed space shall be counted towards the setback subject to the
fulfilment of fire tender movement within the plot.
(ix)
Vehicular ramp is mandatory in accordance with sub-rule (18) of rule 43 for
multilevel parking i.e. stilt or basement or podium, if used for vehicular parking.
(x)
For plots measuring up to 2025 sq.m, the provision of vehicular ramps for access
to parking areas located in the basement, podium, or upper floors (up to one level)
is not mandatory, provided that car lifts are installed to facilitate vehicle
movement. However, this exemption does not apply to Group Housing
developments or commercial retail or shopping complexes, where ramps are
mandatory regardless of plot size. For plots exceeding 2025 sq.m, the provision of
ramps for vehicular access to all designated parking areas is mandatory.
(xi)
In the case of parking spaces provided in basement(s) or multilevel podium(s) or
floor(s) at least two one-way ramps or one two-way ramp shall be provided, with
width and slope in accordance with sub rule (18) of rule 43. These ramps should
preferably be located at opposite ends.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1769
109
(xii)
If there is any doubt regarding the category of any building, for the purpose of
calculation of parking the decision of the Government shall be final. Parking for
the disabled persons shall comply the provisions of ‗Rights of Persons with
Disabilities Act, 2016‘ (Central Act 49 of 2016), National Building Code of India,
2016 and Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built
Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016.
(xiii)
Up to 25% of the required parking in case of Information Technology (IT)
Industry and upto 10 % of the required parking for all other categories of
building except residential component in Group Housing, booth, Shops or Shop-
cum-Office (SCO); may be compoundable at the time of completion on the
payment of following charges:
Table 67: Compounding Charges for Parking
Serial
No.
Master Plan Area
Rate per ECS
Commercial
Buildings i.e Mall,
Multiplex or
Miniplex
Other than
Commercial
Buildings i.e Mall,
Multiplex or Miniplex
I.
SAS Nagar, New
Chandigarh
₹ 5,00,000/-
₹ 3,00,000/-
II.
Ludhiana,
Jalandhar,
Amritsar, Zirakpur,
Dera Bassi, Banur,
Kharar, Nayagaon,
Lalru
₹ 3,00,000/-
₹ 2,00,000/-
III.
Rest of Area
₹ 2,00,000/-
₹ 1,00,000/-
Note:-
(a) The aforementioned charges shall be utilized for the development and
enhancement of city-level transport infrastructure.
(b) An annual compoundable increase of 5% shall be applied to the above
charges, effective on the 1st of April each year.
(5)
Exemptions.-
(i) Exemptions from Ground Coverage:
(a) Canopy or porch maximum upto 500 sq.ft along each entry or exit of the
building,
(b) Atrium or atria, maximum upto 20% of plot area.
(c) Escalator or travellator well, covered sky bridges in high rise buildings,
jogging tracks, swimming pools (open to sky), architectural features or
elements such as, coffers, louvers, end wall projected upto 900 mm;
(d) Pergolas, other sunshade elements, any landscape element;
(e) Fire Staircase, fire towers, ramp;
(f) Podium(s) or multi-storey podium, stilt, separate parking block, basement if
used for parking and the services like sewerage treatment plant, water
treatment plant, garbage collection, electrical sub-station, service ducts.
(g) Service area block having services such as Diesel Generator (DG) room, Air
Conditioning (AC) plant room etc. No habitable rooms are allowed to be
made in any of the items above. If they are, then they will be part of the
Ground Coverage.
(h) Staircases provided in addition to their minimum required shall be exempted
from ground coverage.
(i) Lift Wells
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1770
110
(ii)
Exemptions from Floor Area Ratio (FAR):
(a) Canopy or Porch maximum upto 500 sq.ft along each entry or exit of the
building.
(b) Escalator, Atrium or atria, covered sky bridges or intermittent floors as relief
in high rise buildings;
(c) Area on habitable floor for providing services like Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning (HVAC), Mechanical Electrical and Plumbing (MEP)
installations, Janitor rooms, Air Handling Unit (AHU) room, Air
Conditioning (AC) plant room, electric installations, Low Tension (LT) panel
room, Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) room or any other similar services;
(d) Architectural features such as coffers, louvers, end wall projected upto 900
mm, pergolas, other sunshade, elements;
(e) Any landscape element, podium(s) or multistory podium or basement or stilts
of building(s) if used for parking and services like water tank or water works,
sewerage treatment plant, water treatment plant, garbage collection, electrical
sub-station, Diesel Generator (DG) room and service ducts,
(f) Ramp, fire exit stair cases or fire towers, fire refuge area (as per National
Building Code of India, 2016), toilet blocks for visitors or drivers or guards
on ground floor only,
(g) Only one Cupboard in each bedroom upto depth of 0.6 m and 1.8 m length
shall be exempted from Floor Area Ratio.
(h) Any corridor width provided in excess of the dimensions specified below
table shall be excluded from the calculation of FAR:
Table 68: Corridor dimensions
Category of Building
Corridor
(i) Residential buildings (e.g., hostels, group housing,
etc.)
1500 mm
(ii) Assembly buildings (e.g., auditoriums, theatres,
cinemas)
2000 mm
(iii) Commercial buildings
Street floor and sales basement
Upper sales floor
2500 mm
1800mm
(iv) Educational buildings and hotels
1500 mm
(v) Hospitals, nursing homes, etc.
2400 mm
(vi) Any other building(s) except industry
1500 mm
(i) Staircases provided in addition to their minimum required shall be exempted
from floor area ratio:
Provided that the area of service shaft shall be taken on one floor:
Provided further that in multi-storey buildings, service floors shall
be allowed after minimum four floors. Maximum of three service floors
shall be allowed in a building. The area of service floors shall not be
counted towards floor area ratio and maximum height of such floors shall
be 2.4 m from floor to bottom of the beam, and in any case, the floor-to-
floor height shall not exceed 3.3 meters.
Any habitable rooms made along with any of the items above will
be taken as part of Floor Area Ratio.
(iii)
Exemptions to projections into open spaces or setbacks: Every open space
provided either interior or exterior shall be kept free from any erection thereon
and shall be open to the sky, except as given below:
(a) Cornice, roof or weather shade not more than 0.75 m wide;
(b) Sunshades over windows or ventilators or other openings not more
than 0.75 m wide;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1771
111
(c) Canopy not to be used as a sit out with clearance of 1.5 m between the plot
boundary and the canopy;
(d) Projected balcony at higher floors of width not more than as permitted free of
FAR;
However, these projections into open spaces shall not reduce the minimum
required open spaces and hinder the fire tender movement.
(iv)
Exemption to accessory use buildings: The following accessory use
buildings may be permitted in the open spaces:
(a) In an existing building, sanitary block of 2.4 m in height subject to a
maximum of 4m2 in the rear open space at a distance of 1.5 m from the rear
boundary may be permitted, where facilities are not adequate.
(b) Parking lock up garages not exceeding 2.4 m in height shall be permitted in
the side or rear open spaces at a distance of 7.5 m from any road line or the
front boundary of the plot;
(c) Suction tank and pump room each up to 2.5 m2 in area.
(d) Meter Room (Power supply) or Diesel Generator(DG) set room, Rain water
harvesting Pit, Check post, Waste or Garbage collection room, Covered
parking for car or motorcycle or cycles, Pump room or Underground tank or
Overhead tank, Cooling Towers for Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning (HVAC) Plant and Diesel Generator(DG) set, Sewer treatment
plant and water treatment plant may be allowed in rear and side setback of
the site subjected to that they cannot hinder the fire tender movement with
minimum 6m setback from the building(s) and the maximum height of these
structure shall not more than 2.75m.
(e) For plot having area one acre and above, Meter Room may be allowed within
area permissible for Watch and Ward Cabins.
40. General Notes.- (i) For projects proposed within the ―Special Area‖ as defined or
delineated in the Master Plan or Zonal Plan, the Development regulations of Height,
Floor Area Ratio, Ground Coverage and any other building controls stipulated in
these rules for general buildings shall be superseded by site-specific Form Based
Code (FBC) prepared and notified by the Competent Authority under the Punjab
Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 or Punjab Municipal Act,
1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act,
1922, as the case may be and the provisions of rules 22 to 27 or rules 31 to 38 of
these rules shall be superseded by relevant Form Based Code (FBC) or Regulating
Plans.
(ii)
For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined in the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958, the
development regulations of Height, Floor Area Ratio, Ground Coverage and any
other controls stipulated in these rules for general buildings shall be superseded by
site specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared and notified by the Competent Authority or
the National Monuments Authority under the said Act of 1958. No Objection
Certificate (NOC) shall have to be obtained as per the Rules framed under the said
Act by submission of required documents as may be necessary vide rules, including
―Heritage Impact Assessment‖ report, if so, necessitated by the National Monuments
Authority.
(iii)
The premises for which building regulations have not been formulated shall be
examined by the Competent Authority on the basis of actual requirements and other
relevant factors. Activities or uses for which these rules are silent shall be governed
by National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time and where
National Building Code of India, 2016 are silent; Norms or Guidelines of Model
Building Bye laws, 2016 as amended from time to time shall be followed.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1772
112
(iv)
The provision of minimum setbacks for different sizes of plots for all categories of
the plots if not specified in these rules shall be as per the provisions of the Zoning
Plan of the said site.
(v)
Area requirements of each type of educational institutions wherever not specified
shall be as per the norms or guidelines issued by the affiliating authority for such
institutions.
(vi)
The Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code notified by the Government of
Punjab, Department of New and Renewable Energy vide Notification No. 18/4/16-
6ਸ1/1856, dated the 24th June, 2016, as amended from time to time, wherever
applicable shall be adhered to the buildings in additions to these rules.
(vii)
The setting up of the Petrol pumps, Brick Kiln, Rice Sheller, Stone Crusher, Cinema,
Multiplex, Economical Weaker Section Houses, Affordable Housing, Communication
Towers, Iconic building, Low Density Country Homes, Housing for All, Ancient
Building and any other activity not specifically mentioned in these rules, shall be
governed by the respective policy guidelines or notifications or Acts or rules or norms
of the department of Housing and Urban Development, Punjab or Department of
Local Government, or any other concerned department, as the case may be.
(viii)
In addition to these rules, Guidelines or Notifications (amended from time to time)
issued by the Punjab Pollution Control Board (Department of Science, Technology
and Environment, Government. of Punjab) and the Department of Forests and
Wildlife Preservation, Punjab shall be applicable, where ever required.
(ix)
No sub-division of the land or site would be subsequently permitted.
(x)
Specific approvals shall be obtained from Airports Authority of India, Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Fire Services Department, Pollution
Control Board, designated authorities under the Occupational Safety, Health and
Working Conditions Code, 2020 or the Punjab Cinemas Regulation Act,1952,
Archaeological Survey of India, Heritage Committee, National Highway Authority of
India and any such other authority, as may be applicable. Approval of Fire Services
Department shall be required for buildings of height above 21 m and for such other
buildings or special buildings referred to sub-rule (15) of rule 43.
(xi)
In cases of aerodromes where the Colour Coded Zoning Maps have been issued, the
Competent Authority under these rules shall, as per the provisions of the Ministry of
Civil Aviation (Height Restrictions for safeguarding of Aircraft Operations) Rules,
2015 notified vide Notification No. G.S.R. 751 (E), dated the 30th September, 2015
by the Ministry of Civil Aviation and in accordance with the height specifications
provided in such Colour Coded Zoning Maps, approve the building plans up to the
permissible elevation (Average Mean Sea Level), as per the prevailing building rules
or any other law for the time being in force and certify on the sanction plan that the
Floor Space Index or Floor Area Ratio and the related height of the building or
structure is within the permissible elevation as indicated in the Colour Coded Zoning
Maps for the given site:
Provided that no such approval shall be given by the Competent Authority for
sites which lies in approach, take off and transitional areas of an airport or in any
other area, marked in the Colour Coded Zoning Map for the compulsory obtaining of
No Objection Certificate from the designated officer or authorized officer by Ministry
of Civil Aviation:
Provided further that the applicant shall submit all documents as prescribed by
the Airport Authority of India or Indian Air Force, in original to the building plan
approval Competent Authority. The Competent Authority shall approve the plan
without No Objection Certificate from the Airport Authority of India or Indian Air
Force and forward copy of its approval letter along with application and all
documents in original to the Competent Authority of the Airport Authority of India or
Indian Air Force (as applicable) within a period of thirty days of approval. The
Competent Authority shall ensure that the applicants exempted from seeking No
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1773
113
Objection Certificate from Airport Authority of India or Indian Air Force furnish site
coordinates and site elevation certificate issued by the Survey of India in original for
all intended structures and all corners of the plot. The Indian Air Force or Airport
Authority of India shall have power to disapprove the clearance in case of non-
submission of these documents or any discrepancy in the documents. The violations
of the regulations shall be dealt under the Aircraft (Demolition of obstructions caused
by Building and Trees etc.) Rules, 1994. The building plan approval competent
authority shall adhere to all the guidelines issued by the Airport Authority of India or
Indian Air Force in this regard from time to time.
(xii)
Approval of Fire Services Department shall be required for all high-rise buildings as
defined in these rules, and for the following categories of special buildings:
(a) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,
hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have floor area
more than 500 m2 on any one or more floors;
(b) educational buildings having height 9 m and above;
(c) institutional buildings having height 9 m and above;
(d) all assembly buildings;
(e) buildings having area more than 300 sq.m of incidental assembly occupancy on
any floor and;
(f) buildings with two basements or more, or with one basement of area more than
500 m2.
Note:-
(i)
A certificate confirming compliance with Fire and Life Safety provisions,
issued by a Fire Consultant empanelled with the Fire Department, shall
deemed to be considered the Fire No Objection Certificate (Fire N.O.C.).
(ii) The Fire Department shall have the authority to conduct random
inspections to verify the authenticity and validity of such compliance
certificates.
(xiii)
In all categories of building excluding residential plots, villas, up to 5% carpet area of
the availed Floor Area Ratio (FAR) may be allocated for commercial use. However,
in case of Group Housing or Studio Apartment and Rental housing or Hostel, this
commercial component may be allocated as convenient shopping as specified in
(xiv)
(xv)
Table 4 and
(xvi)
Table 7 respectively of rule 22. Such commercial use shall be located within the
main building envelope and shall not be sold or transferred as independent units.
However, in case of large campuses of educational building(s) or institute(s) or
college(s) having an area of 10 acres and above, such commercial use may be
permitted in a separate block, subject to condition that these facilities shall open only
within the premises and shall have no access from the external road.
(xvii)
Common indoor sports or games, or common health and fitness facilities, may be
allowed within the premises for all category of buildings. The built-up area of such
common facilities shall be counted at 50% towards the permissible FAR except for
residential plots or farm houses or dwelling units and Commercials such as shopping
mall or Shopping Complex, Shop-cum-Office (SCO) or Shops or Booths. However, if
these facilities are provided on the podium floor, then it shall be exempted from
ground coverage calculations.
(xviii)
The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining plots or sites of same owner
or promoter or applicant may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised zoning
plan by the Competent Authority. However, bifurcation or fragmentation of a plot or
a site shall not be allowed, except for industrial plots, which are governed by the
relevant departmental policy. However, in case of approved standalone site or project,
the transfer of Change of Land Use (CLU) or approval of the entire site or part
thereof (subject to the fulfilment of minimum area and other siting guidelines) may be
allowed and shall be governed by the relevant policies of the department.
(xix)
Creche component may be permitted in all categories of building(s).
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1774
114
(xx)
The applicant shall obtain and maintain comprehensive collective insurance coverage
for all building and construction workers engaged at the site, ensuring protection
against injury, disability, or loss of life arising out of or in the course of employment
during the construction period, and shall furnish valid and up-to-date proof of such
insurance upon request during inspections; failure to comply with this requirement
may result in suspension or revocation of construction permits or other enforcement
actions, as determined by the competent authority, the Department of Labour, Punjab,
or the Government, as the case may be.
(xxi)
In case of sites or plots already allotted or auctioned by the Government,
Development Authorities, or Government Agencies, the applicable charges shall be
governed by the terms and conditions of the auctioned or as specified in the allotment
letters. However, for sites or plots auctioned after the notification of these building
rules, charges specified in Annexure 22 and Annexure 23 or as specified in the terms
and conditions of auction or allotment letters whichever is higher shall be applicable.
41. Occupant Load.- The occupant load of any building shall be calculated as under namely: -
Table 69: Occupant Load
Serial
No.
Type of occupancy
Occupant load factor (sq.m per person)
I.
Residential
12.50
II.
Educational
4.00
III.
Institutional
Indoor patient area
15.00
Outpatient area
10.00
IV.
Assembly:
Concentrated use without
fixed seating
0.65
Less
concentrated
use
without fixed seating
1.40
Fixed seating
Multiplying the number of seats by 1.2.
Dining areas and restaurants
with seating and table
1.80
V.
Mercantile:
Street
floor
and
sales
basement
3.00
However, in malls equipped with multiple entry
and exit points and a connected multi-level car
parking facility, the occupant load for the ground
floor may be calculated at the relaxed rate of 1
person per 6 square meters, in place of the
standard 1 person per 3 square meters.
Upper sales floor
6.00
Storage
or
warehouse,
receiving and the like
20.00
VI.
Business
10.00
VII.
Industrial
Calculated on the basis of Detailed Project Report
(DPR) approved by Labour Department plus 10
percent addition of it.
However, if Detailed Project Report
(DPR) is not approved by the Labour Department,
then applicant shall submit the undertaking in this
regard as per annexure 23.
VIII.
Storage
IX.
Hazardous
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of
1995,
262 (2a) of
P.A. No. 42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No.
4
of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1775
115
Note:-
(a) Gross area shall be the floor area as defined in clause (79) of sub-rule (1) of rule
3 of these rules. All factors expressed are in gross area unless marked net.
(b) Occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, insane
asylums, etc, where sleeping accommodation is provided, shall not be calculated
at less than 7.5 m2 gross floor area per person.
(c) For the purpose of public health facilities like ater Closet (W.C.), urinal,
washbasin, drinking water fountain, ablution tabs etc., occupant load shall be
calculated on floor area ratio.
42. Clearance zone for buildings near High Tension Electrical Line – The horizontal
clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such building shall, on the basis
of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not less than:
(1)
Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding 650
V.-
(i)
An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and
no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(ii)
Where an overhead line of voltage not exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent
to or terminates on any building, the following minimum clearances from any
accessible point, on the basis of maximum sag, shall be observed; namely:-
(a) for any flat roof, open balcony, varandah roof and lean-to-Roof.
(b) when the line passes adjacent to the building;
a horizontal clearance of 1.2 metre from the nearest point.
(iii)
for pitched roof:-
(a) when the line passes above the building, a vertical clearance of 2.5 metre
immediately under the line.
(b) when the line passes adjacent to the building, a horizontal clearance of 1.2
metre.
(iv)
Any conductor so situated as to have a clearance less than that specified in sub-
rule (2) shall be replaced with Aerial Bunched Cable and to be attached at suitable
intervals to a bare earthed bearer wire having a breaking strength of not less than
350 kgf.
(v)
The horizontal clearance shall be measured when the line is at a maximum
deflection from the vertical due to wind pressure.
(vi)
The vertical and horizontal clearances shall be measured as per illustration
provided in figure 3.
Explanation: For the purposes of this regulation, the expression "building" shall
be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.
(2)
Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V.-
(i)
An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and
no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(ii)
Where an overhead line of voltage exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent to
any building or part of a building it shall have on the basis of maximum sag a
vertical clearance above the highest part of the building immediately under such
line, of not less than-
Table 70: Vertical Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of
High Tension Electrical Line
For lines of voltages exceeding 650 V
and up to and including 33 kV
3.7 m
For lines of voltages exceeding 33kV
3.7 metre plus 0.30 metre for every
additional 33 kV or part thereof.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1776
116
(iii)
The horizontal clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such
building shall, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not
less than: -
Table 71: Horizontal Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of
High Tension Electrical Line
Type of supply line
Type of supply line Horizontal
clearance (in meters) (including
both
sides
and
from
nearest
conductor
of
High
Tension
Electrical Line)
For lines of voltages exceeding 650 V
and up to and including 11 kV
1.2m
For lines of voltages exceeding 11kV
and up to and including 33 kV
2.0 m
For lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV
2.0m plus 0.3 m for every additional 33
kV or part thereof
(iv)
For high voltage direct current systems, the vertical and horizontal clearances, on
the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, from buildings shall be
maintained as below:-
Table 72: Vertical and Horizontal Clearance for buildings from nearest High Voltage
Direct Current System
High
voltage
direct
current
Vertical clearance
(meter)
Horizontal clearance
(meter)
100 KV
4.6
2.9
200 KV
5.8
4.1
300 KV
7
5.3
400 KV
7.9
6.2
500 KV
9.1
7.4
600 KV
10.3
8.6
800 KV
12.4
10.7
(v) The vertical and horizontal clearance shall be as measured as illustrated in figure 3.
Explanation: For the purposes of this regulation, the expression "building‖ shall
be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.
Figure 3
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1777
117
43. Part Building requirement.– The standard space requirements of various parts of a
building (for all types of buildings-low or high rise), shall be as follows; namely:-
(1)
Plinth – (i) The plinth level for residential plots shall be permitted upto 1500 mm and
for all other buildings shall be kept as 450 mm from the crown of the adjoining road in
front or as specified by the Competent Authority from time to time:
Provided that for a detached building, the plinth level may be more than 450 mm:
Provided further that the level of front courtyard of any building shall not exceed
450 mm and the ramp from the front road to the courtyard shall be within the plot
boundary.
(ii) Where a site or plot abuts two or more roads, the plinth level of the building(s) shall
be determined with reference to the road having the higher level.
(2)
Interior Court Yard. – Every interior courtyard shall be raised at least 150 mm above
the determining ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.
(3)
Space requirement of different component of a building. – Minimum size, width
and height of different components of building(s), low or high rise is as given below:
Table 73: Minimum requirements of different component of a building
Serial
No.
Components of building
Minimum Requirement
Area
(sq.m.)
Width
(m)
Clear
Height (m)
I.
Habitable room
9.5
2.4
2.75
II.
Kitchen:
where separate dining area is provided
where there is separate store is provided
where dinning included
5.0
4.5
7.5
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.75
III.
Bathroom
1.8
1.2
2.1
IV.
Water Closet (W.C.)
1.2
0.9
2.1
V.
Combined Bath and W.C.
2.8
1.2
2.1
VI.
Store
3.0
1.2
2.2
VII.
Garage
18
3.0
2.4
VIII.
Single occupancy Hostel Room
7.5
2.1
2.75
IX.
Single occupancy Servant Room
7.5
2.1
2.75
Note:-
(a) Where two rooms are attached, one of these shall not be less than 9.5 sq.m and
the other not less than 7.5 sq.m with a minimum width of 2.1 m.
(b) In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75
m. The minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be
2.4 m.
(c) In the case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4 m measured
from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the
false ceiling shall be provided:
Provided that the requirements of above table shall apply to residential, business
and mercantile buildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the minimum
requirements are mentioned in table below:
Table 74: Minimum height requirement for Educational, Industrial and Religious
Building
Serial
No.
Type of Component
Minimum Ceiling Height
I.
Educational component
3.6 m
II.
Industrial component
3.6 m, except when air-conditioned where it is
3m
III.
Religious component
3.6 m
Section
180
P.A.
No. 11 of
1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No. 42 of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No. 4 of
1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1778
118
(4)
Lighting and ventilation of rooms – (i)Rooms shall have, for the admission of light
and air, one or more openings, such as windows and ventilators, opening directly to the
external air or into an open Verandah.
(ii)
Notwithstanding the area of openings obtained through above sub-rule (2) of rule 39, the
minimum aggregate area [see Notes (a) to (c)] of such openings, excluding doors
inclusive of frames, shall be not less than one-tenth of the floor area.
Note:-
(a) If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.
(b) No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away
from the opening assumed for lighting that portion.
(c) The area of openings above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case of a
kitchen.
(d) In bathroom or water closet have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or
open space, of area not less than 0.3 m2 with side not less than 0.3 m.
(e) No room containing water-closets shall be used for any purpose except as a
lavatory and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space
by a door, window or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall
have a door completely closing the entrance to it.
(f) Mechanical light and ventilation shall be permissible in accordance with the
National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.
(5)
Ledge or Tand.- (i) Height.-The minimum head-room of ledge or tand or loft shall
be 2.2 m. The maximum height of loft shall be 1.5 m.
(ii)
Size.-A ledge or tand or loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of
the area of the floor on which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilation
of the room under any circumstances.
(6)
Mezzanine Floor.- (i) Height.-It shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m with no beams
or protuberances below 1.8 m.
(ii)
Size.- The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall
not be less than 9.5 m2. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in
no case exceed one-third the plinth area of the building.
Note:-
(a) A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment;
(b) It conforms to the standard of living or habitable rooms as regards lighting and
ventilation in case the size of mezzanine floor is 9.5 m2 or more;
(c) It is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the
ventilation of the space over and under it;
(d) Such mezzanine floor is not subdivided into smaller compartments;
(e) Such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; and
(f) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be
converted into unventilated compartments.
(7)
Basement.-
(A) Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Housing and
Urban development:
(i)
The multi-level basement in plots of an area above 2025 sq.m shall be allowed below the
ground and beyond the building line at ground level subject to a clear minimum front
margin of 4.5 m and side and rear margins of 3 m, subject to the provision of mechanical
ventilation and all safety provisions and drainage. However, it is essential that the
basement top slab below the external circulation at ground level should be designed for
firefighting vehicular loads as given in clause 4.6 of Part III of the National Building
Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time. The owner or the applicant, as the
case may be, shall be bound to execute indemnity bond in the favour of competent
authority as specified in Annexure 21.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1779
119
(ii)
In case of plot measuring upto 2025 sq.m, a single-story basement shall be permitted upto
the zoned area or upto the boundary of the plot except on the front and rear sides, as
applicable, subject to the condition that the owner shall leave minimum setback of 1.5 m
(5'-0") from the respective side of the boundary wall of the plot, if adjoining plot has a
building within 1.5m from the plot line:
Provided that the above condition of maintaining a 1.5 m (5'-0") side setback from
the adjoining plot shall not be mandatory if adjoining plot does not have a building within
1.5 m from the plot line.
(iii)
Basement shall not be allowed in the case of No construction Zone or Area or Master
Plan Green area or any other restricted area or zone under the provision of any other
Actor Policy of the State or Central Government.
(iv)
Other conditions:- The following are the conditions for the basement, namely:-
(a) First level basement area may be used for habitable purposes except sleeping
accommodation or residential purpose subject to the condition that mandatory
parking norms are fulfilled and compliance of all requirements for fire safety in
accordance with Part 4- Fire and Life Safety of the National Building Code of
India, 2016, as amended time to time and necessary measures for required
lighting, ventilation and water supply, drainage and sanitation is ensured;
(b) The minimum height of basement shall be 2.40 meters measured from the
finished level of the floor to the under surface of the beam, joist girders or any
other horizontal structural member. However, if basement is used for habitable
purpose then the minimum height and space requirement of that area shall be as
per sub-rule (3) of rule 43 of these rules;
(c) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. Any deficiency may be
met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust
fans, air conditioning system and conform to fire safety and structural safety;
(d) The minimum height of the ceiling of first level basement shall be 0.9 meters and
maximum 1.2 meters above the average surrounding ground level, except
convenient shopping and residential plots. However, if sunken court is provided
for light and ventilation or stilt is provided for parking or then the same shall not
be mandatory;
(e) Adequate arrangement shall be made that surface drainage does not enter the
basement;
(f) There shall be provisions of sufficient doors in case the basement is used for
habitable purposes and maximum travel distance from any point to the door shall
not exceed 15 meters;
(g) In case, where the basement is allowed beyond the building envelope in
accordance with sub-rule (7)(i) of rule 43, then the level of the basement shall be
at the ground floor level and the slabs should be designed to bear the load of fire
tenders;
(h) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that
the effects of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in
design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given;
(i) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative
staircase providing access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is
continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one staircase, the same
shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and
higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the
building line subject to the provision of above condition (e).
(j) In buildings where parking is provided in basement(s) or upper floor(s), at least
two ramps shall be provided for one-way traffic, while a single ramp may be
permitted for two-way traffic subject to compliance with the width and slope
requirements as per sub-rule (18) (ii) of rule 43, and the ramps shall preferably be
located at opposite ends to ensure efficient traffic circulation.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1780
120
(k) Access to basements through ramps shall be permitted subject to provision of
above condition (e). The requirements for the ramps shall be in accordance
with sub rule (18) of rule 43 and National Building Code of India, 2016, as
emended from time to time;
(l) For all buildings including group housing, having basement going up to more than
one level, access to all levels shall also be provided through lift. The exit
requirements in basements shall comply with the provisions of Part 4- Fire and
Life Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time
to time:
Provided that in case where basement used for habitable purpose shall be
counted in Floor Area Ratio.
(B). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Local
Government:
(i)
Basement shall be the storey that is next below or immediate below the ground
storey or which may be in any part of the plot within building envelope line and
up to maximum coverage not more than coverage on ground floor. The minimum
height of the basement for habitable purposes shall not be less than 9‘-0‖ from the
floor to the ceiling of the basement and in each part 8‘ clear height in case of
beam structure or frame structure or otherwise and minimum height of the
basement for parking purposes shall not be less than 10‘ from the floor to the
ceiling of the basement and in each part 8‘-6‖ clear height in case of beam or
frame structure.
(ii)
The roof level of the basement shall not be less than 3‘-6‖ from the adjoining
average ground level for adequate light and ventilation, if used for purpose listed
at 4.12(iv).
(iii)
Single basement is allowed in all residential, commercial, institutional, industrial
and group housing plots. However, on plots having area more than 750 sq. yards
more than one storey basement may be allowed, if all other conditions for
structural stability are fulfilled and it shall be exclusively used for parking.
(iv)
In case of commercial buildings, basement may be used for commercial purpose,
Banquet Hall etc. if it is air conditioned. It shall have minimum either two stair
cases for entry and exit or two approach ramps or one stair case and one ramp and
total FAR not exceeding more than 1:2.00. In case in commercial buildings FAR
is exceeded more than 1:2.00 then single basement shall be compulsory and shall
be used for parking purposes only in addition to open space provided for parking
on ground level.
(v)
However 10 % of the basement area would be increased to a depth of 14‘-0‖ for
the purpose of installation of electric generator or air-conditioning plant or
providing a room for lift to the basement storey.
(vi)
Applicant or Building Designer and Supervisor shall submit the certificate
regarding its structural safety in relation to underground water table or spring
level, etc.
(vii)
Adequate arrangement shall be made so that surface drainage does not enter the
basement.
(viii) Applicant or owner of the building shall install suitable pumps for pumping the
waste water into the sewer in place of directly connecting it to the sewer to avoid
any risk of the sewerage or sludge heading back into the basement at any time.
(ix)
Basement for storage in residential buildings and parking or services in any
building shall not be taken into account for F.A.R.
(x)
Indemnity bond for basement as per Annexure 21 shall be given by the applicant
along with notice of building application to indemnify the local authority in case
of any loss or damage caused to the adjoining properties on account of
construction of basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or during
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1781
121
the course of its construction or even thereafter and also against any claim of any
concern thereto.
(xi)
In case on the side of the site there is single storey building then 5‘-0‖ side
setback is required from the adjoining property.
(xii)
If on the side of the site there is double storey building then 7‘-6‖ side setback is
required, and
(xiii) If on the side of the site there is more than two storey building then 10‘-0‖ side
setback is required.
(xiv) If the applicant or owner does not leave side setback according to the
requirements as above and incase of adjoining vacant properties, he/she shall
produce NOC from the owners of adjoining properties.
(xv)
The permissible covered area for basement will be the same as the permissible
coverage on ground. However, permissible coverage can be increased in the
basement to create parking space on the following conditions:
(a) The roof level of such part of the basement shall not be raised above the
surrounding ground level.
(b) Clear ceiling height of such part of the basement shall not be less than 7‘-
0‖.
(c) Mechanical arrangement shall be made for exhaust.
(d) Sufficient additional arrangements shall be made for fire safety to the
satisfaction of fire officer.
(xvi) For better acceptability of basement parking, the ramps should be located in the
front. The ramp for Basement parking can be provided in the front setback area
provided the ramp starts after leaving 16‘- 6‖ from the plot boundary and the same
shall form part of parking area calculations.
(xvii) Parking areas including basement and covered parking shall be exclusive public
parking areas maintained by the builder or promoter up to the satisfaction of local
authority.
Note:-
In case of double basement side space requirement shall be double as
detailed in above clause xi, xii and xiii.
(8)
Chimneys.- The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top
of the chimneys is not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping
roofs, the chimney top shall not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which
the chimney penetrates.
(9)
Parapet.- Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony,
Verandah, etc, shall not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.4 m in height from the
finished floor level.
Note: The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase and it
may be less than 1m. However, on terrace floor in the portion where installations like
Diesel Generator (DG) Set, Water Tank and other, screening parapet of a suitable
height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc and there is no need to have
uniformly increased the height of the parapet.
(10) Cabin.- The size of cabins shall not be less than 3.0 m2 with a minimum width of 1.0 m.
The clear passages within the divided space of any floor shall not be less than 0.75 m and
the distance from the farthest space in a cabin to any exit shall not be more than 18.5 m.
In case, the sub-divided cabin does not derive direct lighting and ventilation from any
open spaces or mechanical means, the maximum height of the cabin shall be 2.2 m.
(11) Boundary wall.- (i) In residential or industrial plotted development, independent floors
front boundary wall shall have maximum height upto 0.9 m from the centre line of the
adjoining road. However, above the boundary wall, the perforated wall such as stone jali
or iron grills or vegetation maximum upto 0.9 m high may be constructed.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1782
122
(ii)
Other than above buildings, the maximum height of the boundary wall along the
road or open space or park shall be 0.9m from the centre line of the adjoining road.
However, above the boundary wall, the perforated wall such as stone jali or iron
grills or vegetation of maximum upto 0.9 m high may be constructed.
(iii)
The maximum height of the solid boundary wall (i.e. side and back wall) shall be
1.83 m from ground level.
(iv)
In case of corner plot, radius of corner boundary wall shall be minimum 5‘-0‖ or
1/8th of the width of the adjoining road whichever is more and maximum upto 20‘-
0‖ excepted residential plot or independent plots or all category plot size upto 1000
sq.m in which turning radius shall be 5‘-0‖
(v)
In industrial buildings like workshops, factories, electric sub-stations, transformer
stations and institutional buildings like sanatoria, hospitals, sports complex,
stadium, and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including hostels, and
other uses of public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a
height up to 2.4 m may be permitted on special request of the applicant. However,
in case of security establishments, Jails, mental hospitals, strategically sensitive
buildings etc. where additional height of the boundary wall is required by the
applicant, the same may be allowed by the competent authority.
(vi)
Boundary wall may be allowed to be constructed in No Construction Zone after
leaving the road widening, if required, subject to the condition that the owner shall
dismantle the boundary wall as and when required by any Government agency or
authority without any claim.
(12) Septic Tanks.- Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and
construction of the septic tank shall conform to requirements of Part 9 -‗Plumbing
Services (including Solid Waste Management) and Section 2- Drainage and Sanitation‘
of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(13) Office-cum-letter box room.- In the case of multi-storeyed apartments, an office-cum-
letter box room or space shall be provided on the ground floor or basement, preferably be
located on the ground floor. However, if provided in the basement, it preferably be
located adjacent or near to the entry or exit point of the basement for easy accessibility.
(14) Meter rooms.- For all buildings 21 m and above in height and in special occupancies, like
educational, assembly, institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies
with any of the aforesaid occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor,
provision shall be made for an independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per
requirements of electric (service) supply undertakings on the ground floor with direct
access from outside for the purpose of termination of electric supply from the licensee‘s
service and alternative supply cables. The door or doors provided for the service room
shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.
(15) Exit or Staircase requirements.- The number of staircases in the building(s) shall be
determined on the basis of the occupant load, travel distance, dead end restriction subject
to minimum two staircases in respect of buildings identified under these rules:
Provided that where the travel distance and other requirements are complied with,
one shall be a fire exit staircase out of two staircases.
The following Building(s) shall have minimum of two staircases:
(i)
Building(s) of 15 m in height or above, and
(ii)
Special buildings, such as,
(a) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,
hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have floor
area more than 500 m2 on any one or more floors;
(b) educational buildings having height 9 m and above;
(c) institutional buildings having height 9 m and above;
(d) all assembly buildings;
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1783
123
(e) buildings having area more than 300 sq.m of incidental assembly
occupancy on any floor; and
(f) buildings with two basements or more, or with one basement of area more
than 500 m2.
(iii)
All exit staircases shall discharge, at the level of exit discharge, to the exist
discharge, either,
(a) directly, or
(b) through an exit passageway, or
(c) through a large lobby.
At least 50 percent of the staircases shall discharge as per (a) and/or (b) above.
The minimum width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases for buildings
shall be as given in sub-rule (16) of rule 43.
(16) Staircase requirement.- (i) Minimum clear width.- The following minimum width
shall be provided for staircases for respective occupancies, namely:-
(a) Residential (lodging and rooming houses, dormitories): 1250 mm
(b) Apartment houses or group housing: 1350 mm
(c) Hotel: 1500 mm
(d) Assembly: 2000 mm
(e) Educational: 1500 mm
(f) Institutional: 2000 mm
(Hospitals, sanatoria, custodial, institutions, penal and mental institutions)
(g) All other occupancies: 1500 mm
(h) Shop-cum-Offices (SCOs) or Shop:
For Plot width upto 7.5m:
900mm
For Plot width above 7.5m:
1500mm
(ii)
Minimum tread. -The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 300 mm.
However, for one or two family dwelling, it may be reduced to not less than 250 mm.
(iii)
Maximum riser. -The maximum height of riser shall be 150 mm. However, for one
or two family dwelling, it may be increased maximum upto 190 mm. The number of
risers shall be limited to 12 per flight.
(iv)
Headroom height. -The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a
staircase shall be 2.2 m. The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall
be 2.2 m.
(17) Corridor requirement.- Minimum width provisions for passageway or corridors
(clear width excluding handrail and balustrade) or foyer, as the case may be, shall be
determined such a way that it shall accommodate the entire population of the floor
subject to minimum width depending upon the class of occupancy mentioned as under,
namely:-
(i)
Residential buildings (one or two family private dwelling): 1050 mm for single
loaded (i.e. having door opening for single side of corridor) and 1500 mm for
double loaded (i.e. having door opening for both side of corridor).
(ii)
Residential buildings, e.g., hostels, hotels, rental housing, group housing etc.:
1350 mm for single loaded and 1500 mm for double loaded.
(iii)
Assembly buildings like auditoriums, theatres and cinemas: 2000 mm.
(iv)
All other buildings like commercial, and institutional: 1500 mm for single loaded
and 1800 mm for double loaded.
(v)
Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.: 2400 mm for both single and double loaded.
(vi)
Where staircase discharges through corridors and passageways, the height of
corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2400 mm.
(vii)
All means of exit including staircases, lift lobbies and corridors shall be naturally
or mechanically ventilated.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1784
124
Note:-
The above mentioned width of the corridor is the minimum width, which shall increase
with increase in the occupant load of the building and shall provide as per Part 4-Fire
and Life Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(18) Ramps.-
(A). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Housing and
Urban development:
(i) Ramp requirement for pedestrians, differently-abled, elderly and children.- (a) In
all buildings and facilities open to and used by the public, including all forms of public
housing developed by the Government, civic bodies, or private developers (excluding
private residences), the provision of a ramp up to the plinth level or ground level shall be
made in accordance with the provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as
amended from time to time.
(b) Where ramps are provided to access upper floors, the minimum width of the ramp
shall be equivalent to the width of the staircase specified in sub-rule (16) of rule 43 of
these rules. The gradient of the ramp shall not be steeper than 1:12 and shall include at
least one intermediate landing. All other design and safety provisions of the ramp shall
conform to the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.
(ii)
Ramp requirement for vehicular movement-
(a) Open Ramps with minimum width of 6m may also be provided in the setbacks which
can be sloped considering unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case, the
gradient shall be less than 1:10.
(b) The minimum clear width of the vehicular ramp shall be as follows:
3 metres for one-way traffic, and 6 metres for two-way traffic for Light Motor
Vehicles (LMV);
metres for one-way traffic, and 9 metres for two-way traffic for Light
Commercial Vehicles (LCV);
6 metres for one-way traffic, and 12 metres for two-way traffic for Heavy
Motor Vehicles (HMV).
(c) The gradient of vehicular ramps shall not be steeper than 1:8 for cars (Light Motor
Vehicles – LMV) and 1:10 for heavy vehicles, including Light Commercial Vehicles
(LCV) and Heavy Motor Vehicles (HMV). For curved portions or circular ramps, the
maximum slope shall be 1:10.
(d) After a 40 m length of continuous ramp, a flat surface of minimum 6.0 m length shall
be provided.
(e) If podium is accessible to a fire tender, a minimum 7.5 m wide ramp shall be
required for fire engine access with maximum slope of 1:10.
(f) All and structural design or safety aspects as per latest Bureau of Indian Standard
Codes and National Building Code of India, 2016 shall be complied along with
consideration of weight of Fire Engine and its maneuverings.
(B). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Local Government:
(i) For pedestrians, differently-abled, elderly and children.- The width of the ramp shall
not be less than 1.37 meters and gradient shall not be less than 1:12. However in case
Hospitals of Institutes, minimum width of the ramp, if provided, shall not be not less than 2.4
meters.
(ii) For vehicular movement.-
(a) In case of single basement of any size of plot or multiple basements upto half-acre
plot, single ramp of minimum width 3.0 meters (10 feet) for both way vehicular
movement is required; and
(b) In case of multiple basements above half-acre plot, two ramps (entry or exit) of
minimum width 3.0 meters (10 feet) for one way movement or single ramp of
minimum width 4.5 meters (15 feet) for two-way movement is required.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1785
125
(c) The Gradient of ramp shall be 1:7 for cars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved
portions of the ramp or for circular ramps, the slope should not be more than 1:12.
(d) The ramp shall not be provided in the mandatory setback area (minimum 6 meters).
(19) Exit Requirements.- In respect of width and travel distance, all aspects of exit
requirements for corridors, doors, staircases, ramps shall be as per Part 4- Fire and Life
Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(20) Roofs.-
(i)
The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drain
water by means of sufficient rain water pipes of size as specified in the National
Building Code of India, 2016, wherever required, so arranged, jointed and fixed as
to ensure that the rain water is carried away from the building without causing
dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the building or an
adjacent building.
(ii)
The rain water pipes shall be connected to a drain or a sewer which connects the
rain-water pipe to the road gutter or in any other approved manner.
(iii)
The rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the
building or in recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such
other manner as may be approved by the Authority.
(iv)
It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques
including by roof water collection. For this purpose, the provision made in Part 9-
Plumbing Services (including Solid Waste Management), Section 2 Drainage and
Sanitation of the National Building Code of India, 2016 shall be followed.
(21) Sunken courtyard.- Sunken courtyard up to 3 m in depth from the ground level and
minimum 2 m width and minimum 10 sq.m. area as ‗light well‘ within zoned area shall
be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area provided that it does not interfere
with the movement of fire tenders and adequate arrangements for drainage shall be
provided.
However, for plot size upto 2025 sq.m area, sunken courtyard may be allowed
upto the boundary wall of the plot in rear courtyard subject to the fulfillment of parking
and fire tender movement as required.
(22) Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins. – (1) Check Post or guard
room or watch and ward cabins—whatever the term used—upto 300 square feet may be
allowed along the entry gate except residential plots or farm house. However, in case of a
General Industry or Factory (plot area above two acres), built-up area of Watch and ward
cabins along with the entry gate may be allowed more than 300 sq.ft subject to the
following limits: -
(a) Plot size above 2 acres upto 10 acres: 600 sq.ft.
(b) Plot size above 10 acres: 1000 sq.ft
(2) In above sub-rule (1), Check Post or Guard room or Watch and ward cabins shall be
allowed subject to the following conditions; namely:-
(i)
The area shall be used only as guard room, toilet, X-ray machine or metal
detector, COVID testing or test sampling and storing of test samples. An
undertaking to this effect shall be taken from the applicant.
(ii)
The area upto 100 square feet along each entry gate exempted from Ground
Coverage and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). However, the area over and above 100
square feet shall be included in the ‗Floor Area Ratio‘ and ‗Ground Coverage‘,
and the total height of the guard room from plinth shall not be more than 2.75
meters.
(iii)
The guard room or watch and ward room shall not create any hindrance in the
movement of fire tender and adequate space shall be made available around the
building for unhindered movement of fire tender.
(iv)
The above proposal shall be applicable to plots of one acre or above size.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1786
126
(23) Fitments for drainage and sanitation.-
(i) For Residences.-Dwelling with individual convenience shall have at least the
following fitments, namely:-
(a) One bath room provided with a tap and a floor trap;
(b) One water closet with flushing apparatus with an ablution tap or health faucet;
and
(c) One tap with a floor trap or a sink in kitchen.
(ii) The requirements for fitments for drainage and sanitation in the case of buildings
other than residences shall be in accordance with Table 75 to Table 88.
Table 75: Office Building
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
Executive Rooms and Conference Halls in Office Buildings
I.
Toilet suite comprising one Water
Closets (WC), one wash basin (with
optional shower stall if building is
used round the clock at user's option)
Pantry
optional
as
per
user
requirement
Unit
could
be
common
for
male/
female
or
separate
depending
on
the
number of user of
each facility
For
individual
officer
rooms
Main Office Toilets for Staff and Visitors
II.
Water Closets (WC)
see note
see note
1 per 50
1 per 30
III.
Ablution tab with each water closet
1 in each water closet
IV.
Urinals
Nil up to 12
1 for 13 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 140
4 for 141 to 200
From
201
to
400, add @ 6%;
for over 400,
add @ 5%
-
V.
Wash Basins
50
50
VI.
Drinking Water Fountain
1 per 200 persons
VII.
Cleaner's sink
1 per floor
Note:-
(a) Staff and public toilet utilities are generally common in office buildings. Where
public toilets are to be provided separately, similar requirements as that of staff
toilet may be provided.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50
Table 76: Cinema, Multiplex Cinema, Concert and Convention Halls, Theatres and Stadia
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Water Closets
1 per 100 up to
400; Over 400
add at 1 per
500 or part
thereof
3 per 100 up to
200; Over 200
add at 1 per
100 or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For above 70,
add 1 for every
100 or part
thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For above 50,
add at 1 per 50
or part thereof
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1787
127
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
1 per 25 or part
thereof
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per 200 or part thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For above 70,
Add 1 for every
100 or part
thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For above 50,
add at 1 per 50
or part thereof
V.
Drinking Water
Fountain
1 per 100
VI.
Cleaner's sink
1 per floor
VII.
Showers/bathing
rooms
As per trade requirements
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
Table 77: Art Galleries, Libraries and Museums
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Water Closets
1 per 200 up to
400; Over 400
add at 1 per 250
or part thereof
1 per 100 up to
200; Over 200
add at 1 per
150 or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For above 70,
add 1 for
every 100 or
part thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For above 50,
add at 1 per
50 or part
thereof
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
1 per 25 or part
thereof
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per 200 up to
400; Over 400
add at 1 per 250
or part thereof
1 per 100 up to
200; Over 200
add at 1 per
150 or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For above 70,
add 1 for
every 100 or
part thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For above 50,
add at 1 per
50 or part
thereof
V.
Drinking Water
Fountain
1 per 100
VI.
Cleaner's sink
1 per floor
VII.
Showers/bathing
rooms
As per trade requirements
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
Table 78: Restaurants
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Water Closets
1 per 50 seats up
to 200; Over 200
add at 1 per 100
or part thereof
2 per 50 seats
up to 200;
Over 200 add
at 1 per 100 or
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 90
4 for 91 to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1788
128
part thereof
5 for 115 to
154
6 for 154 to
200
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every
100 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
1 per 50 persons
or part thereof
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
V.
Cleaner's sink
1 per restaurant
VI.
Kitchen sink/
dish washer
1 per kitchen
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.
Table 79: Shopping Malls and Retail Buildings
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Toilets for floating
population
Staff Toilets in Shopping
Building
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Water
Closets
1 per 50 (min. 2)
1 per 50 (min.
2)
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 90
4 for 91 to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to
154
6 for 154 to
200
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
III.
Urinals
1 per 50
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
1 per Water
Closets (WC)
V.
Cleaner's sink 1 per floor
VI.
Bath/showers
1 per 100 persons
Note:-
(a) Toilet facilities for individual facilities in a shopping building should be taken
same as that for office buildings.
(b) Staff toilets in the shopping buildings provide facilities for persons working in
shops and building, as well as for maintenance staff.
(c) The number of persons against the fixture bath or showers represents the
maintenance staff requiring such facility.
(d) Public toilet facilities are provided for a large floating population for buyers and
visitors.
(e) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(f) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(g) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1789
129
Table 80: Hotel
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Public Room
Non-Residential Staff
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Toilet suite comprising
one Water Closets
(WC), wash basin with
shower or a bath tub
Individual guest rooms
with attached toilets
-
Guest room with common facilities
II.
Water Closets
1 per 100
persons up
to 400;
over 400
add at 1
per 250 or
part
thereof
1 per 100
persons up
to 200;
over 200
add at 1
per 100 or
part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to
154
6 for 155 to
200
III.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for
every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water
closets and urinals
IV.
Urinals
1 per 50
person or
part
thereof
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
-
V.
Wash Basins
1 per
Water
Closets
(WC)
1 per
Water
Closets
(WC)
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
VI.
Bath (showers)
1 per 10 person or part thereof
VII.
Cleaner's sink
1 per 30 rooms, minimum 1 per floor
VIII.
Kitchen sink
1 per kitchen
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.
Table 81: Hospital with indoor patient ward
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Patient Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Toilet suite comprising
one Water Closets (WC),
one wash basin and
shower stall
Private room with up to 4
patients
For individual doctor's
/officer's rooms
For General wards, Hospital staff and visitors
II.
Water Closets
1 per 5 Beds or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
Over 70, add
1 per 100 or
part thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
Over 50, add
1 per 100 or
part thereof
III.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided
for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1790
130
closets and urinals
IV.
Urinals
1 per 15
beds
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
Over 90, add
1 per 100 or
part thereof
-
V.
Wash Basins
2 for every 30 beds or part
thereof. Add 1 per
additional 30 beds or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For over 70,
add 1 per 100
or part
thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For over 50,
add 1 per 100
or part
thereof
VI.
Drinking Water Fountain
1 per Ward
1 per 100 person or part
thereof
VII.
Cleaner's sink
1 per Ward
-
VIII.
Bed pan sink
1 per Ward
-
IX.
Kitchen sink
1 per Ward
-
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made
(d) Drinking water fountain are not recommended for hospitals for reasons of
infection control. This is to be decided by the health authority recommendations.
Table 82: Hospital with Outdoor Patient Department
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Patient Toilets
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Toilet suite comprising
one Water Closets (WC)
and one wash basin (with
optional shower stall if
building used for 24 h)
For up to 4 patients
For individual doctor's
/officer's rooms
II.
Water Closets
1 per 100
persons or
part thereof
2 per 100
persons or
part thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
Over 70, add
1 per 100 or
part thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
Over 50, add
1 per 100 or
part thereof
III.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for
every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water
closets and urinals
IV.
Urinals
1 per 50
persons or
part thereof
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
Over 90, add 1
per 100 or part
thereof
-
V.
Wash Basins
2 per 100 persons or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
For over 70, add
1 per 100 or part
thereof
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
For over 50,
add 1 per 100
or part
thereof
VI.
Drinking Water Fountain
See note (d)
1 per 100 person or part thereof
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1791
131
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(c) Provision for additional and special hospital fittings where required shall be
made.
(d) Drinking water fountain are not recommended for hospitals for reasons of
infection control. This is to be decided by the health authority recommendations.
(e) The Water Closets (WC) shall be provided keeping in view the location of main
Out Patient Department (OPD) waiting hall and sub-waiting halls, floor wise, so
as to serve the people effectively. The number of patients shall be calculated floor
wise. The Out Patient Department (OPD) population shall include patient
attendants @ at least 1 per patient.
Table 83: Hospital Administrative Buildings
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Staff Toilets
Male
Female
I.
Toilet suite comprising one Water
Closets (WC) and one wash basin (with
optional shower stall if building used
for 24 h)
For individual doctor's /officer's rooms
II.
Water Closets
1 per 25 persons or
part thereof
1 per 15 persons or
part thereof
III.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall
be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity of water closets and
urinals
IV.
Urinals
Nil up to 6
1 for 6 to 30
2 for 31 to 100
-
V.
Wash Basin
1 per 25 persons or part thereof
VI.
Drinking Water Fountain
1 per 100 persons or part thereof (see note c)
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
(c) Drinking water fountains to be provided only where it is a separate block and
patients will not use it.
Table 84: Factories
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Offices/Visitors
Workers
Male
Female
Male
Female
I.
Water
Closets
(workers and
staff)
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 130
4 for 131 to 200
From 201 to
400, add @ 3%;
for over 400,
add @ 2.5%
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to 154
6 for 155 to 200
From 201 to
400, add @ 5%;
for over 400,
add @ 4%
1 for up to 20
2 for 21 to 40
3 for 41 to 80
4 for 81 to 150
From 151 to
300, add @
3%;
for over 300,
add @ 2.5%
1 for up to 15
2 for 16 to 35
3 for 36 to 55
4 for 56 to 75
5 for 76 to 100
6 for 101 to
150
From 151 to
300, add @
5%;
for over 300,
add @ 4%
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1792
132
III.
Urinals
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 140
4 for 141 to 200
From 201 to
400, add @ 3%;
for over 400,
add @ 2.5%
-
1 for 1 to 30
2 for 31 to 60
3 for 61 to 90
4 for 91 to 130
From 131 to
250, add @
3%;
for over 250,
add @ 2.5%
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per 25 or part thereof
(wash basins in rows or troughs and taps spaced 750 mm c/c)
V.
Drinking
Water
Fountain
1 per 100 persons or part thereof with minimum one on each floor
VI.
Cleaner's
sink
1 on each floor
VII.
Showers/bath
ing rooms
As per trade requirements
VIII.
Emergency
shower and
eye wash
fountain
-
-
1 per every shop floor per 500
persons
Note:-
(a) For factories requiring workers to be engaged in dirty and dangerous operations
or requiring them to being extremely clean and sanitized conditions, additional
and separate (if required so) toilet facilities and if required by applicable
Industrial and safety laws and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working
Conditions Code, 2020 shall be provided in consultation with the user.
(b) Depending on the type of disability of a person and the hazard posed by the type
of activities in the factory for a person with disabilities, if a person with
disabilities is decided to be engaged for a particular activity, the requirements of
accessibility shall be guided by the provisions given in 13 of Part 3 -'Development
Control Rules and General Building Requirements of the National Building Code
of India, 2016'.
Table 85: Schools and Educational Institutions
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Nursery
School
Non-Residential
Residential
Boys
Girls
Boys
Girls
I.
Water Closets
1 per 15 pupils
or part thereof
1 per 80
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 50
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 8
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 6
pupils or
part
thereof
II.
Ablution tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
-
1 per 40
pupils or
part
thereof
-
1 per 25
pupils or
part
thereof
-
IV.
Wash Basins
1 per 15 pupils
or part thereof
1 per 120
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 80
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 8
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 6
pupils or
part
thereof
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1793
133
V.
Drinking Water
Fountain
1 per 50 pupils
or part thereof
1 per 100 pupils or part
thereof
1 per 100 pupils or part
thereof
VI.
Cleaner's sink
1 per each floor
VII.
Bath / Showers
1 per 40 pupils
or part thereof
-
1 per 8
pupils or
part
thereof
1 per 6
pupils or
part
thereof
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) For teaching staff, the schedule of fixtures to be provided shall be the same as in
case of office building.
(c) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50 for co-educational
institution.
Table 86: Hostels
Serial
No.
Fixtures Resident
Non-Resident
Visitor/ Common
Room
Males
Females Males
Females
Males
Females
I.
Water
Closets
1 per 8
or part
thereof
1 per 6
or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 130
4 for 131 to
200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to 154
6 for 155 to 200
1 per
100
upto
400;
over
400 add
at 1 per
250
1 per 100
upto 200;
over 200
add at 1
per 100
II.
Ablution
tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
1 per
25 or
part
there
of
-
1 for 1 to 40
2 for 41 to 90
3 for 91 to 140
4 for 141 to
200
-
1 per 50
or part
thereof
-
IV.
Wash
Basins
1 per
16 or
part
there
of
1 per 12
or part
thereof
1 for up to 30
2 for 31 to 70
3 for 71 to 130
4 for 131 to
200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to
154
6 for 155 to
200
1 per
Water
Closets
(WC)
1 per
Water
Closets
(WC)
V.
Bath/
showers
1 per
8 or
part
there
of
1 per 6 or
part
thereof
-
-
-
-
VI.
Cleaner'
s sink
1 per each floor
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1794
134
Table 87: Fruit and Vegetable Markets
Serial
No.
Fixtures Shop Owners
Common toilets in market
building
Public toilet for
floating population
Males
Females
Males
Females
Males
Females
I.
Water
Closets
1 per 8 or part thereof
1 for up to
30
2 for 31 to
70
3 for 71 to
130
4 for 131
to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
5 for 115 to
154
6 for 155 to
200
1 per 50
(min 2)
1 per 50
(min 2)
II.
Ablution
tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
-
-
1 for 1 to
40
2 for 41 to
90
3 for 91 to
140
4 for 141
to 200
-
1 per 50
-
IV.
Wash
Basins
1 per 8 or part thereof 1 for up to
30
2 for 31 to
70
3 for 71 to
130
4 for 131
to 200
1 for up to 24
2 for 25 to 50
3 for 51 to 80
4 for 81 to 114
-
-
V.
Bath/
showers
1 per 16 or part
thereof
1 per 12
or part
thereof
-
-
1 per 100
persons
Note:-
(a) Toilet facilities for individual buildings in a market should be taken same as that
for office buildings.
(b) Common toilets in the market buildings provide facilities for persons working in
shops and their regular visitors.
(c) Special toilet facilities for a large floating population of out-of-town buyers or
sellers, labour, drivers of vehicles for whom special toilet (public toilets).
Table 88: Bus Stations, Airports and Railway Stations
Serial
No.
Fixtures
Junction
Stations,
Intermediate
Stations
and
Bus
Stations
Terminal
Railway
and Bus
Stations
Domestic
and
International
Airports
Males
Females
Males
Females
Males
Females
I.
Water
Closets
3 for up
to
1000
add 1 per
additional
1000
or
part
4 for up
to
1000
add 1 per
additional
1000
or
part
4 for up
to
1000
add 1 per
additional
1000
or
part
5 for up
to
1000
add 1 per
additional
1000
or
part
for 200 : 5
for 400 : 9
for 600 : 12
for 800 : 16
for 1000 :
18
for 200 : 8
for 400 :
15
for 600 :
20
for 800 :
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1795
135
thereof
thereof
thereof
thereof
26
for 1000 :
29
II.
Ablution
tab
1 in each water closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals
III.
Urinals
4 for up
to
1000
add 1 per
additional
1000
-
6 for up to
1000 add 1
per
additional
1000
-
1 per 40 or
part thereof
-
IV.
Wash
Basins
1 per water closet
V.
Bath/
showers
2 per 1000 or part
thereof
3 per 1000 or part
thereof
4 per 1000 or part
thereof
VI.
Drinking
Water
Fountain
or
taps
(in
common
lobby for
male/fem
ale)
2 per 1000 or part
thereof
3 per 1000 or part
thereof
4 per 1000 or part
thereof
VII.
Cleaner's
sink
1 per toilet compartment with 3 WCs
Note:-
(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.
(b) Male population may be assumed as three-fifth and female population as two-
fifth.
(c) Separate provision shall be made for staff and workers.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1796
136
PART VI
FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, BUILDING MATERIALS AND
LIGHTING AND VENTILATION
44. Fire protection.- All requirements of fire protection through classification of buildings
based on occupancy, type of construction and other requirements shall be as per ‗The
Punjab Fire and Emergency Service Act, 2024‘ and/ or fire safety norms notified by the
Department of Local Government or as amended from time to time.
45. Structural design.- Structural design of all buildings shall be as per Part 6- Structural
Design of the National Building Code of India, 2016. For requirements regarding
construction (including management and safety), reference shall be made to Part 7-
Construction Management, Practices and Safety of the National Building Code of India,
2016.
46. Lighting and ventilation.- For requirements regarding lighting and ventilation for different
uses and occupancies, reference shall be made to Section 1- Lighting and Natural
Ventilation of Part 8- Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016
47. Electrical and allied installations.- The electrical installation in the building shall be
carried out in conformity with the requirements of the Electricity Act, 2003 and rules
made there under. The work of electric installations shall be carried out under the
supervision of a person holding a Certificate of Competency issued by the Chief
Electrical Inspector, Punjab.
For requirements regarding electrical installations in buildings including lightning
protection of buildings, reference shall be made to Section 2- Electrical and Allied
Installations of Part 8-Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
48. Building Materials.- Building Materials shall be as per Part 5-Building Materials of the
National Building Code of India, 2016 and use of glass in buildings shall conform to the
relevant provisions of the Bureau of Indian Standard Code or the National Building Code
of India, 2016 as amended from time to time.
49. Lifts, Escalators and Moving Walks.- (1) The installation of the Lifts, Escalators and
Moving Walks in the building shall be carried out in conformity with the requirements of
the applicable Lift Acts and Rules, wherever they are in force and with Section 5 of
Part 8-Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016. The installation
shall be supervised by a person holding a Certificate of Competency issued by the Chief
Electrical Inspector, Punjab to ensure the safe movement of people and satisfactory
performance of the equipment.
(2) Lifts shall be permitted up to the terrace level in all categories of buildings.
Section 180
P.A. No. 11
of
1995,
262 (2a) of
P.A. No. 42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No.
3 of 1911,
73 of P.A.
No.
4
of
1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1797
137
PART VII
PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN
50. Applicable provisions.- (1) In the case of public buildings or assembly buildings,
provisions contained in the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 (Central Act
No. 49 of 2016) and Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built
Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016 related to planning,
designing and construction of public buildings and guidelines issued there under and
space standards for Barrier Free Environment as specified under the said Act(as amended
from time to time), shall also be complied with.
(2) Annexure-B of Part-3 (Anthropometrics and Requirements for Accessibility in Built-
Environment for Elders and Persons with Disabilities) of National Building Code of India,
2016 (as amended from time to time) shall also be applicable for requirements for
accessibility in Built-Environment for person of Differently-abled, Elderly and Children.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1798
138
PART VIII
GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS
51. Provisions and applicability.- The approval of building plans shall be subject to the
fulfilment of provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency, waste
management and energy utilization as are given in the table below:
Table 89: Provisions for various plot sizes (Residential uses)
Green Building Provisions
Residential plotted
Group
housing
Plot Area in Sq.mt.
Upto
250
Above
250
upto
500
Above
500
upto
1,000
Above
1,000
upto
3,000
Abov
e
3,000
As
per
Governme
nt policy
Water
Conservati
on
and
Manageme
nt
Rain
Water
Harvesting
(by
Recharge)
Low
Water
Consumption
Plumbing
Fixtures
Energy Efficiency and Solar
Energy Utilization
Provisions of notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-
6-2016 of Department of New & Renewable Energy shall
be applicable or as amended from time to time.
Table 90: Provisions for various plot sizes (Non-Residential uses)
Green Building Provisions
Plot Area in Sq.mt.
Up
to
250
Above
250 upto
500
Above
500 upto
1,000
Above 1,000
upto 3,000
Above
3,000
Water
Conservati
on
and
Manageme
nt
Rain
Water
Harvesting
(by
recharge)
Low
Water
Consumption
Plumbing
Fixtures
Energy Efficiency or Solar
Energy Utilization
Provisions of notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-
6-2016 of Department of New & Renewable Energy shall
be applicable or as amended from time to time.
Note:-
The shaded boxes indicate that the provision is applicable for a plot.
52. Energy efficiency.- (i) The provisions of the Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code
shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with the notification issued by the
Government no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856, dated: the 24th june 2016, as amended from time to
time.
(ii) The applicant/owner shall submit a certificate from a design profession empanelled with
Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India or Punjab Energy Development
Agency (PEDA), confirming that the building plans conform to the Punjab Energy
Conservation Building Code and is duly verified by Punjab Energy Development Agency
(PEDA) along with the application approval of building plan.
(iii) The completion and occupation certificate of buildings shall be issued by the competent
authority only after the applicant or owner shall submit a certificate from an architect or
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1799
139
Civil Engineer (who has supervised the construction of building) that building has been
constructed in accordance with the provision of the Punjab Energy Conservation Building
Code and is duly verified by Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA).
(iv) An incentive in the form of additional Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be admissible free of
cost on the basic FAR, along with 100% exemption from building scrutiny fee, subject to
submission of a valid Green Building Certificate or provisional or pre- Green Building
Certificate at the time of building plan approval. The incentive shall be as under:
5% additional FAR for buildings rated Three Star or Bronze or Silver
7.5% additional FAR for buildings rated Four Star or Gold
10% additional FAR for buildings rated Five Star or Platinum
(v) The rating shall be duly verified by the respective authorized Green Building Rating
Agencies, namely:-
(a) Buildings granted Three Star or Four Star or Five Star rating by Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat (GRIHA); or
(b) Buildings granted Bronze or Silver or Gold or Platinum rating by Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design (LEED); or
(c) Buildings granted Bronze or Silver or Gold or Platinum rating by Indian Green
Building Council (IGBC); or
(d) Buildings granted Three Star or Four Star or Five Star rating; or Bronze or Silver or
Gold or Platinum by any other agency certified by Government of India.
(vi) In case the owner or applicant or Residents‘ Welfare Association (RWA) fails to submit
maintenance certificate after a period of every three years from the rating agencies (Green
Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Design or Indian Green Building Council or any other agency certified by Government of
India) upto 15 year from the date of fully completion of the building (s), the defaulter can
be penalized equivalent to 5 times the collector rate of land proportional to the 5%
additional Floor Area Ratio availed and Building scrutiny fee shall be recovered along with
12% rate of interest from the date of the approval of building plans.
Provided that, in cases where only a Provisional Green Building Certificate is
submitted at the time of building plan approval, the owner or applicant shall be required to
submit the Final Green Building Certificate issued by the same authorized agency at the
time of obtaining building partial completion or completion or occupation certificate.
Further, the owner or applicant or Residents‘ Welfare Association (RWA) shall be
required to submit a maintenance or renewal certificate from the rating agencies (Green
Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or any other agency certified by Government of
India) after every three years, up to a period of fifteen years from the date of fully
completion of the building(s).
(vii) In case of default, the defaulter shall be liable to a penalty equivalent to five times the
collector rate of land proportional to the additional FAR availed and the exempted building
scrutiny fee shall be recovered along with 12% rate of interest from the date of approval of
building plans. However, in case the final Green Building rating is downgraded as
compared to the pre-certified rating, the penalty as mentioned above shall be applicable,
limited to the difference in the additional FAR availed corresponding to the downgraded
rating.
53. Roof Top Solar photovoltaic Installation.- For rooftop solar photovoltaic installation and
generation, the following provisions shall be applicable, as amended from time to time,
namely:-
Table 91: Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation
Serial
No.
Category of buildings or area
Generation requirement
I.
Residential building
All residential buildings (new construction/
reconstruction)
400 yd2(334 m2) to 499 yd2 (417 m2)- 1KWp SPV
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1800
140
Serial
No.
Category of buildings or area
Generation requirement
500 yd2(418 m2) to 999 yd2 (835 m2)- 2KWp SPV
1000 yd2 (836 m2) to 1999 yd2 (1671 m2)-3KWp
SPV
2000 yd2 (1672 m2) and above -
5KWp SPV
II.
All private educational institutes
schools, colleges, hostels, technical
/ vocational educational institute,
universities etc. having connected
load of 30 KWp and above
Minimum 5 kilo watt peak (KWp) or 5% of
connected load, whichever is higher.
III.
All government building and
offices and government colleges,
government educational
institutions, universities, having
connected load of 30 KWp and
above
Minimum 2 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5% of
connected load, whichever is higher.
IV.
All private hospitals and nursing
homes industrial establishments,
commercial malls, hotels, motels,
banquet halls, and tourism
complexes having connected load
of :-
(a) 50 KWp to 1000 KWp
(b) Above 1000 KWp
(a) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak or 5% of
connected load, which is higher
(b) Minimum 50 Kilo Watt peak or3% of
connected load, which is higher
V.
All group housing complexes,
developed on plot size of :-
(a) 0.5 Acre to 1.0 acre
(b) More than 1.0 acre to 2.0
acre
(c) More than 2.0 acre to 5.0
acre
(d) More than 5.0 acre
(a) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(b) Minimum 20 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(c) Minimum 30 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(d) Minimum 40 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
Note:-
(a) The height of module structure carrying solar panel shall not be covered towards
total height of building
(b) Completion certificate for building shall be issued after getting clearance from
Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA regarding solar power plant
installation.
(c) For all other matters regarding solar power plant installation which are not
covered in these rules, the Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA norms or
guidelines of renewable energy sources, Punjab shall be applicable.
54. Rainwater harvesting.- (1) The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of
water from surfaces on which rain falls, and subsequently storing this water for use. The
rainwater collected can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the underground
aquifers. In scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers to collection and storage of
rainwater from the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage into building
foundations.
A rainwater harvesting system shall consist of the following :-
(a) Roof catchment;
(b) Gutters;
(c) Down pipes;
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1801
141
(d) Rain water or Storm water drains;
(e) Filter Chamber;
(f) Storage Tanks or Pits or Sumps; and
(g) Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination of
above structure.
(2)
There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings, namely :-
(a) Storage of rainwater under surface; and
(b) Recharge to ground water.
(3)
The provision for rain water harvesting shall be as under.-
Table 92 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types
Category or
Use
Area
of
Plot
Provisions to be made
Other conditions
Residential Plotted Houses
New
Proposals
Above 250
sq.mt.
Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
Shall have emphasis on both
storage and reuse.
Group Housing
New
Proposals
All
plot
sizes
Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
Concrete paving to be avoided and
permeable materials are to be used
for all open parking spaces.
Should indicate the system
of Strom Water Drainage,
Rain
Water
Harvesting
Structure and Recharging
Well
Government and Semi Government Public Buildings and Private Institutions
All Proposals
Above 250
sq.mt.
Shall have Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and storage
Shall have Recharge pits
Shall have emphasis on both
storage and reuse.
Commercial or Mixed use Buildings
All Proposals
Above 100
Sq.mt.
Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
Common treatment plant to be
made
part
of
the
integrated
development, funded by sale of
commercial space.
Should indicate the system
of Strom Water Drainage,
Rain
Water
Harvesting
Structure and Recharging
Well
Shall have emphasis on both
storage and reuse.
Industrial
All proposals
Above 100
Sq.mt.
Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
Use of abandoned bore wells for
recharging of ground water.
Common treatment plant to be
made
part
of
the
integrated
development funded by sale of
commercial space.
Should indicate the system
of Strom Water Drainage,
Rain
Water
Harvesting
Structure and Recharging
Well.
Provision should be made
not to inject contaminated
water
into
recharge
structures in industrial areas
and care is to be taken to
keep such structures away
from sewer lines, septic
tanks, soak pits, landfill and
other
sources
of
contamination.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1802
142
Provided that design and structural specification of rain water harvesting system shall be
prepared and certified by an Engineer dealing with civil work.
55. Sustainable waste management.- (1) Zero waste is a concept of waste management and
planning approaches that emphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management.
This means restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and managing
products and processes to systematically follow the rule of 3R i.e. Reduce, Re-use and Re-
cycle, the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used resources and therefore,
eliminating all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land pollution.
(2) Zero waste or land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation
at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating public
awareness.
(3) The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure,
construction and demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass and steel
back into the same and all residual inert materials can also be converted into bricks.
Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, if -
(a) the collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at household
level;
(b) separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level; and
(c) the recycling is done at decentralized.
(4) For Plot area 500 sq.m and above, the composting of biodegradable waste such as
kitchen waste, garden waste etc. is mandatory. They should not be allowed to send their
biodegradable waste to landfill. Final product after composting i.e Humus or Black Gold
should be used as manure for green area within their complexes or sites.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1803
143
PART IX
CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,
HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS
56. Applicable provisions.- The provisions for conservation of heritage sites including
heritage buildings, heritage precincts and natural feature areas shall be as per the Model
Building Bye Laws, 2016 (as amended from time to time) and the provisions of the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 and the site
specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared and notified by the competent authority or the
National Monuments Authority under the said Act of 1958, shall be applicable.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1804
144
PART X
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL
57. Integration of environmental conditions for building plan approval.- (1) The competent
authority shall adhere to the objective and monitor able environment conditions as given in the
policy notified vide notification No. S.O 3999(E), dated the 9th December, 2016 by the
Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as amended from
time to time, regarding construction of building as per the size specified in Annexure 14.
(2) Where a trunk sewerage treatment plant is operational at the city level, all category of
building except orange or red category industry or factory, may be exempted from the
requirement of installing an on-site sewage treatment plant, subject to the following conditions:
(i) A technically viable and legally permissible connection to the trunk sewerage system
shall be available.
(ii) The municipal authority or development authority, as the case may be, shall certify that
the trunk sewerage treatment plant has adequate capacity to handle the additional sewage
load.
(iii) The promoter or applicant shall pay the specified connection and infrastructure
augmentation charges as mentioned in sub-rule (3).
(iv) Until such connection is physically established, the promoter shall ensure interim sewage
management measures in accordance with applicable environmental and public health
standards.
(v) The exemption may be withdrawn if the promoter fails to comply with any of the above
conditions or if the trunk sewerage system becomes unavailable due to capacity or
operational constraints.
(3) The rate of charges for different categories of buildings shall be as per the table given below:
Table 93 Charges for Exemption of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Installation
Serial
No.
Building Category
Rate per acre
I.
Group Housing, Affordable Housing, EWS
Housing, Hotels or Motels, mixed land used
project, commercial or commercial colony
50 Lakhs
II.
Residential Colony
25 Lakhs
III.
All categories other than serial no. I & II
25 Lakhs
Note:-
(a) These charges shall be applicable in lieu of on‑site STP installation, wherever
exemption is granted under the provisions of the policy.
(b) The above rates shall be subject to an annual increment of 5%, effective from 1st
April 2027, and applicable at the beginning of every subsequent financial year.
(4) To ensure sustainable development and compliance with environmental regulations,
the Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB) mandates the following general requirements for all
project proponents across planning, execution, and operational phases:
(i)
The designated locations for the wastewater treatment facility, solid waste
management, hazardous waste, and biomedical waste, whichever are applicable,
shall be clearly indicated on the building plans.
(ii)
Wherever applicable, in accordance with the guidelines of the Punjab Pollution
Control Board (PPCB), the project proponent must obtain the necessary
environmental clearances, including the Consent to Establish (CTE) and Consent to
Operate (CTO).
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1805
145
(iii)
All establishments intending to extract groundwater shall obtain prior permission
from the Punjab Water Regulation and Development Authority (PWRDA) and/or
the Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), as applicable, in accordance with
prevailing regulatory guidelines
(iv)
Recycled greywater may be utilized for non-potable uses such as toilet flushing,
landscape irrigation, and other permissible uses, in accordance with applicable
environmental and public health guidelines.
(v)
Rainwater harvesting provisions shall not be permitted for industrial units classified
under the red category, in accordance with applicable environmental safety and
pollution control guidelines.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1806
146
PART XI
PUBLIC HEALTH: WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE
58. WATER SUPPLY.- (1) Application for connection.- Every application for water
connection from the main water supply for a private domestic purpose shall be made in
Form 'K' to the competent authority through a registered plumber.
(2)
Material for water connection.- Every applicant shall procure at his own cost at least
a ferrule ISI (Indian Standards Institute) mark, a stop cock ISI (Indian Standards Institute)
mark, water meter and surface box, if the water meter and surface box is not supplied by
the competent authority, medium size G.I. (Galvanised Iron) pipes and specials to be
installed for the ground floor level.
(3)
Sanction of water connection.- On receipt of the application under sub-rule (1) and
subject to the fulfilment of the requirements of these rules, the competent authority may
sanction the water connection and direct the applicant to deposit such security and any
other charges, as may be determined by the Chief Administrator for getting the water
connection.
(4)
Release of water connection.- (i) After the water connection is sanctioned under sub-
rule (3), the applicant shall excavate the trench in a safe manner at the place from where
connection from the water main has been sanctioned and thereafter supply pipe line shall
be drilled and ferrule and connection pipe shall be laid.
(ii) No building or premises shall be supplied with water by the competent authority through
more than one communication pipe and in the case of multi storeyed flats, separate water
connection for each flat will be allowed and its water meter shall be installed at the ground
floor.
(iii) All works to be carried out by the applicant in connection with the supply or use of water
shall be required to be executed by the registered plumber and shall conform to the
standard and specifications laid down for such items in the Punjab Public Works
Department specification Book 1986 Edition and if no standards or specifications are laid
down for any item, it shall be as per standard and specifications of the Indian Standard
Institute and if no standard and specifications are laid down by the Indian Standard
Institute, then that item shall be as per the Bureau of Indian Standards.
(iv) The applicant shall make provision of dual button type flushing cistern in each water
closet.
(v) Tertiary treated water from nearby Sewerage Treatment Plant shall be supplied to every
public, commercial, residential buildings through separate connection, which shall be
utilized for non potable purposes such as gardening, washing of floors or courtyards,
flushing of WC‘s (Water Closet) through separate network system to be provided in the
building. This provision shall be applicable to newly developed areas after coming into
operation of this provision.
(5)
Notice and certificate of completion of work.- (i) No connection to any public sewer
shall be made nor any water borne sanitary installation and drainage work intended to be
connected through the connection shall be brought into use, until the applicant, after
completion of minimum works, has applied to the competent authority for a certificate,
and a certificate has been issued by the competent authority in Form 'E' after satisfying
that the sanitary installations and drainage have been satisfactorily completed in
compliance with these rules.
(ii) If no decision is communicated or taken on the application for a certificate mentioned
under sub-rule (5) within a period of 20 days of the receipt of the application to the
applicant, the certificate shall be deemed to have been granted.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1807
147
59. SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE.- (1) Application for connection with public sewer.- (i)
After the grant of the certificate referred to in sub-rule (5) of rule 58 or in the event of the
certificate having been deemed to have been granted, every person intending to connect a
drain or sewer to a public water sewer shall apply in Form 'L' to the competent authority at
least seven days before the date on which connection is required.
(ii) The application under (i) above shall be accompanied by the certificate referred to in sub-
rule (5) of rule 58 along with a fee, which the Competent Authority may specify from time
to time.
(iii) On receipt of the application and subject to the requirements of sub-rule (5) of rule 58, the
Competent Authority shall accept or reject the application after giving the opportunity of
being heard.
(iv) In the event of the required connection having been sanctioned, it shall be got connected
through a registered plumber.
(2)
Connection with public sewer.- Every drain or sewer discharging into a public sewer
shall join the sewer obliquely in the direction of the flow of the sewer and such a
connection shall be made at an existing junction in the sewer or there shall be an
intersection manhole before the connection within the boundaries of the site.
(3)
Material for drain and construction.- The material and methods of construction for
drain shall conform to the Punjab Public Works Department Specification, 1986 Edition
and if there are no such specifications laid down for any item, the same should conform
to the specifications laid down for such item by the Bureau of Indian Standards/ISI
(Indian Standards Institute).
(4)
Drain connection for trade effluent.- Every drain and private sewer intended solely
for conveyance of industrial or chemical or other trade effluent shall be constructed of
good and sound type of material unaffected by the chemical action of the effluent and
shall be laid as provided in the Punjab Public Works Department Specifications or the
National Building Code of India, 2016 or in accordance with the instructions issued from
time to time by the competent authority.
(5)
Waste water pipes.- A waste water pipe from a bath, sink (not being a slope sink),
bidet or lavatory basin and pipe for carrying water directly shall -
(i)
not discharge as to cause dampness in the walls or the foundation of a building;
and
(ii)
if it discharges into a drain, be disconnected from the drain by a trapped gully
with a suitable grating above the level of the water in the trap.
(6)
Manholes.- (i) At every change in alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain there shall
be a manhole inspection chamber, and bends and junctions in the drain shall be grouped
together in a manhole as far as possible and a maximum distance between manhole and
gully chamber shall not exceed six meters.
(ii)
Where the diameter of a drain is increased the crown of the pipes shall be fixed at the
same level and the necessary slopes given in the invert of the manhole chamber, and in
exceptional cases, where the required fall is not available, connection may be made upto
half the difference in the diameter that is the connecting branch sewer shall be connected
with the main sewer in such a manner that full supply level of both the sewers is
maintained running half the diameter of both the sewers of drain and the minimum
internal size of chamber (between brick faces) shall be as follows,-
Table 94 Provisions for minimum internal size of Chamber
I. For depth of 0.80 meter
0.75 x 0.75 meters
II. For depth of more than 0.80 meters but not
exceeding 2.1 meters
1.2 x 0.90 metres
III. For depths of more than 2.1 meters
Rectangular chamber with minimum
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1808
148
internal dimension of 1.20 x 0.90
meter
(7)
Septic tank.- (i) No septic tank shall be located within thirty meters of any
percolation
well, water sources or stream used or likely to be used for drinking or
domestic
purposes or for the manufacture or preparation of any articles of food or
drink for human consumption and it shall be readily accessible so as to permit
cleaning operations being carried out without interference with the operation of
any water borne sanitary installation as a whole.
(ii)
Every septic tank shall be constructed into two separate compartments so that one
compartment when required may be put out of use for cleaning purposes.
(iii)
The capacity of every compartment of the septic tank shall be two and a half
times the total water allowance for the total number of residents of the building.
(iv)
Every inlet pipe into a septic tank shall be effectively trapped.
(v)
The design of septic tank shall be in accordance with the B.I.S. (Bureau of Indian
Standards) Code No. IS 2470, Part-I-1968 and IS 2470 (Part-II-1971) Code of
practice for design and construction of septic tank.
(8)
Absorption pits.- (i) In the matter of location every absorption pit shall conform to
the
same restrictions as are laid down for a septic tank under sub-rule(7) of
rule 59.
(ii)
No absorption pit shall have any outlet into, or means of communication with, any
sewer, storm water, drain or surface drain.
(iii)
The wall of every absorption pit shall be at least 0.50 metre above ground level so
as to exclude effectively the entry of storm water into the absorption pit.
(iv)
The absorption pit shall be constructed in duplicate so that one pit can be put out
of use for cleaning purpose and the capacity of the absorption pit shall be as
approved by the competent authority.
(v)
The other details of the absorption pit should conform to the B.I.S. (Bureau of
Indian Standards) Code No. IS 2470(Part I) 1968 Code of Practice for design and
construction of septic tanks.
(vi)
The absorption pits shall be provided with adequate means of access for removing
the filtering media and cleaning the same.
Note:-
For requirements regarding water supply, drainage and sanitation, solid waste
management, gas supply shall be made as per Part 9, Plumbing Services of National
Building Code of India, 2016.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1809
149
PART XII
RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL PROPOSALS
60. Risk Based Classification of building proposals.- (1) Hazardous buildings.- (i)These
shall include any building or part there of which is used for the storage, handling,
manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or products which
are liable to burn with extreme rapidity and/or which may produce poisonous fumes or
explosions for storage, handling, manufacturing or processing which involve highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame,
fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases and for the storage, handling or
processing of any material producing explosive mixtures of dust which result in the
division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition.
(ii)
The examples of buildings in this class are the buildings, which are used for - (i) storage,
under pressure of more than 0.1 N/mm2 and in quantities exceeding 70 m3, of acetylene,
hydrogen, illuminating and natural gases, ammonia, chlorine, phosgene, sulphur dioxide,
carbon dioxide, methyloxide and all gases subject to explosion, fume or toxic hazard,
cryogenic gases, etc;
(iii)
storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable liquids, liquefiable gases like
LPG, rocket propellants, etc;
(iv)
storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable or explosive materials (other
than liquids); and
(v)
manufacture of artificial flowers, synthetic leather, ammunition, explosives and
fireworks.
Note:-
A list of hazardous substances giving quantities, for which or exceeding which owners
handling such substances are required to be covered under the Public Liability
Insurance Act, 1991, has been notified under the Rules on Emergency Planning,
Preparedness and Response for Chemical Accidents by the Government of India,
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Notification No. G.S.R. 347(E), dated the 01st
August 1996.
(2)
Classification of risk based storage building.- The provisions for site inspection of
risk based storage building, as per storage material specifications are as per table given
below:
Table 95-Classification of risk based storage building
Category
Storage Material Specifications
Stacking Height
(in m)
Designated
officer for site
Inspection
Medium
High
Category-I
(Low Risk)
Articles such as Carpets, Non
synthetic/ synthetic yarn and fabrics.
Mechanical and electrical goods
(dominantly metal parts), Glassware
and crockery, fiber boards, groceries,
metal goods, Papers other than those
listed under categories Moderate and
High, Powdered and canned foods,
Plastic/ glass bottles containing non-
flammable liquids, etc.
4
6.5
Assistant Town
Planner/Assistant
Engineer/ Senior
Divisional
Engineer
or as designated
by the
government from
time to time.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1810
150
Category-II
(Medium
Risk)
Articles such as Batteries, Baled
cotton/synthetic fibers, Books, Baled
cork, Baled waste paper, Cartons
containing alcohols ( in cans/bottles),
Cartons of canned lacquers which dry
by solvent evaporation, Chipboard,
Cardboard rolls (horizontally Stored),
Cereals/ Grains/ Foodstuff/ Flour/
Sugar in sacks, Cellulose/ Cellulose
pulp, Electrical goods other than those
stated in Category low, Flammable
liquids in non-combustible containers,
Leather goods, Palletized liquor
stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other
than cellulose nitrate), Rolled pulp
and paper and asphalted paper
(Horizontal storage), Veneer sheets,
Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden
furniture with plastic seats, etc.
3
5.5
District Town
Planner/Executiv
e Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Category-III
(High Risk)
Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated
paper, Candles, Carbon black, Card
board rolls (vertically stored),
Charcoal, Coal, cellulose nitrate,
Foamed plastic and foam rubber
products, Flammable liquids in
combustible containers, Linoleum
products, Matches, Plastics other than
those stated in Category Moderate,
Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted
paper (vertical storage), Rubber goods
including tyres and tubes, Sawn
timber, Ventilated wood stacks,
Waxed and asphalt coated papers and
containers in cartons, Wood wool,
wooden pallets and flats (idle), Ail
materials having wrappings or pre-
formed containers of foamed plastics,
etc.
2
4.5
Senior Town
Planner/ Senior
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Category-IV
(Extreme
High Risk)
Off cuts and random pieces of foamed
plastic or rubber rolls of sheets of
foamed plastic or foamed rubber,
Foam mattress, expanded polystyrene
packaging, Foam upholstery, etc
1.25
3.5
Senior Town
Planner/ Senior
Engineer or or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Note:-
(a) The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the ceiling shall be at more than 1.5 m from
the goods stored below. However, in case of jute storage, no jute stock shall reach
within 2 m of the deflectors of the sprinkler heads.
(b) In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the height of storage is more than what is
specified, intermediate sprinklers shall be provided for each shelf or rack in
addition to the ceiling sprinklers and overall design density and AMAO shall be
maintained as per Table 5 of IS: 15105.
(c) The aisle width between the storage stacks shall not be less than 2.5 m and the
maximum area of each storage stack shall not be more than 150m2. If these
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1811
151
parameters are exceeded, the design density applicable shall be loaded by 2.5
L/min/m2.
(d) In case of mixed storage (both moderate and high hazard storage) in buildings,
the parameters will be governed by the most hazardous occupancy.
(e) Goods stored not higher than what is stated above table for the appropriate
category or not higher than the eaves height of the roofs or within 1 m of a flat
ceiling whichever is the lowest shall be regarded as moderate hazard storage. If
the above conditions are not met, the risk shall be regarded as high hazard
storage.
(f) Any new use which increases the number of occupants to a figure comparable
with other classes of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to
that of the new use (for example, Warehouse used for office purposes).
(g) Warehouse buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or
explosive materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and
or which may produce poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and
which involve highly corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or
chemicals producing flame, fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive
gases; and for the storage, handling of any material producing ex-plosive
mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine particles subject
to spontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category.
(3)
Classification of risk based industrial building.- The provisions for site inspection
of risk based industrial building(s) are as per table given below:
Table 96 Classification of risk based industrial building
Category
Nature of risk
Designated
officer for site
Inspection
Low risk
This subdivision shall include any building in which the
contents are of such comparative low combustibility and the
industrial processes or operations conducted therein are of
such a nature that there is hardly any possibility for any self-
propagating fire to occur and the only consequent danger to
life and property may arise from panic, fumes or smoke, or
fire from some external source.
Assistant Town
Planner/Assistant
Engineer/ Senior
Divisional
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Medium
risk
This subdivision shall include any building in which the
contents or industrial processes or operations conducted
therein are liable to give rise to a fire which will burn with
moderate rapidity or result in other hazardous situation and
may give off a considerable volume of smoke, but from
which neither toxic fumes nor explosions are to be feared in
the event of fire.
District Town
Planner/Executive
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
High risk
This subdivision shall include any building in which the
contents or industrial processes or operations conducted
therein are liable to give rise to a fire which will burn with
extreme rapidity or result in other hazardous situation or
from which poisonous fumes or explosions are to be feared in
the event of a fire.
Senior Town
Planner/ Senior
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Hazard of occupancy shall be determined by the competent authority on the basis of the fire
loads of the contents, and the processes or operations conducted in the building, provided,
however, that where the combustibility of the material, the flame spread rating of the interior
finish or other features of the building or structure are such as to involve a hazard greater than
the occupancy hazard, the greater degree of hazard shall govern the classification.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1812
152
(a) For determination of fire loads and fire load density for arriving at the classification of
occupancy hazard, guidance on calorific values of some common materials is given at
Annexure A of part IV of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(b) A broad classification of industrial occupancies into low, moderate and high hazard classes
is given at Annexure B of part IV of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
(4)
Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building.- The provisions
for site inspection of risk based on nature of occupancy in building(s) are as per the table
given below:
Table 97 Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building
Category
Nature of occupancy
Designated officer
for site Inspection
Low risk
Residential (excluding rental housing) and commercial
like shops, booths, sco's building and office below 21 m
height,
Creche and Pre Nursery/ Nursery School
Assistant Town
planner/Assistant
Engineer/ Senior
Divisional Engineer
or as designated by
the government
from time to time.
Medium
risk
Residential and commercial like shops, booths, sco's
building and office 21 m and above but below 30m
Educational building, Nursing Homes, Clinics,
laboratory, below 21 m
Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre /
Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally challenged
or Physically Handicapped Person below 21 m
Hotel/ Motels, Guest House, Lodging & Boarding /
Service Apartments below 21 m
Restaurant/ Dabha seating capacity below 50 persons
recreational, sports complex (low rise)
rental housing below 21 m
District Town
Planner/ Executive
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
High risk
Assembly building like Religious, cinemas, multiplex,
miniplex, concert hall, exhibition hall, convention
centre, marriage palace, stadium, community centre,
club, Religious Building, Auditorium, Museum,
Gymnasium etc.
Residential and commercial like shops, booths, SCO's
building and office 30m and above
Educational building, Nursing Homes, Clinics,
laboratory, 21 m and above
Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre /
Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally challenged
or Physically Handicapped Person 21 m and above
Commercials such as Shopping Mall / Shopping
Complex
Restaurant/ Dabha seating capacity 50 persons and
above
Hospital
Wholesale Trade/ Ware House/ Integrated Freight
complex (Standalone)
rental housing 21 m and above
Senior Town
Planner/ Senior
Engineer or as
designated by the
government from
time to time.
Note:-
Inspection of the risk based buildings site at the time of approval of building plan shall be
carried out as mentioned in Table 98 andTable 99 below.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1813
153
Table 98: where the date of issuance of change of land use is within three months from the
date of application for approval of building plans
Serial
No.
Nature of
risk
Inspection
of site
Remarks
I.
Low risk
Not
applicable
Since the site has already been inspected at the time of
approval of Change of Land Use and the application for
approval of building plans has been submitted with in the
period of three months. Hence re-inspection of the site may
not be required after such a short period of time
II.
Medium
risk
III.
High risk
Table 99: where the date of issuance of change of land use exceed a period of three months
S. No
Nature of risk % of random inspection
Remarks
I.
Low risk
25
-
II.
Medium risk
50
III.
High risk
100
Provided that at the time of issuance of completion and occupation certificate, 100% inspection
of High Risk buildings shall be carried out.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1814
154
PART XIII
REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS
61. Registration of Plumbers.- A plumber who is holding any of the qualifications specified in
the Annexure 20 and desirous of registration with the Authorized Officer, shall make an
application in Form ‗M‘ along with such fee as is determined by the Chief Administrator
as a registration fee for a period of five years.
62. Grant of registration.- If an application made under rule 61 is found in order, the
Authorized Officer may grant registration and issue a Registration Certificate in Form N
to the applicant for registering him as Plumber.
63. Renewal of registration.- A Registration Certificate issued under rule 62 shall be
renewable for a period of five years on the payment of such renewal fee as is determined
by the Chief Administrator.
64. Cancellation of registration certificate.- A registration certificate granted under rule 62 or
renewed under rule 63, shall be liable to be cancelled by the Authorized Officer, if the
holder thereof contravenes any of the provisions of the Act or the rules or regulations
made there under or any direction issued there under by the Competent Authority:
Provided that before cancelling the registration certificate, reasonable opportunity
of being heard shall be afforded to the holder of the registration certificate.
PART XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
65. Relaxation.- The Government may relax any of the provisions of these rules for reasons to
be recorded in writing in respect of any class or category of cases.
66. Matters not covered under these rules.- In respect of the matters which are not directly or
indirectly covered under these rules, the competent authority shall be guided by the
provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.
67. Repeal and saving.- The Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority Building
Rules, 2021 and Punjab Municipal Building Bye-Laws, 2018 are hereby repealed:
Provided that any order issued or any action taken under the provisions of the
rules or bye-laws, so repealed, shall be deemed to have been issued or action taken under
the corresponding provisions of these rules.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
Section
180
P.A. No. 11
of 1995, 262
(2a) of P.A.
No.
42
of
1976,
240(1)(zzz)
of P.A. No. 3
of 1911, 73
of P.A. No. 4
of 1922.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1815
155
ANNEXURES
Annexure 1
FORM A
[See rule 6(1)]
FORM OF APPLICATION
Class of Building – Residential, Commercial, Educational, Institutional, Public Building,
Warehousing, Industrial, Any other
From
…………………………………….
…………………………………….
To
Competent Authority
…………………………………….
…………………………………….
I/We apply for permission to erect/re-erect/add/alter a building/wall in accordance with the plans
submitted
herewith
on
Site
located
at
_______________
Street
no.________
at
______________________ Khasra no.___________, Village____________ and in accordance
with the Punjab Unified Building Rules 2025. The Change of Land Use / allotment had been
issued vide letter no. ___________dated_______ for site/plot.
I/We attach following documents in triplicate
1. Site plan showing the position of site proposed to be built upon as required by
these rules;
2. Floor Plans, elevations and sections as required by these with rules;
3. Water supply, Drainage plans, scheme for fire safety and fire safety system and
equipment, electrical scheme for air conditioning and air cooling, as required by
these rules;
4. Specifications of the materials proposed for construction;
5. Copy of allotment letter/ Change of land use;
6. Any other document, as required.
I/we solemnly declare as under ;
1. that I/we shall construct the building strictly as per the approved building plan;
2. that I/we shall take plinth level, where applicable, from the Executive engineer of
competent authority;
3. that I/we shall provide the PV panels of good quality for electricity generation;
4. that I/we shall provide rain water harvesting system within the site as per
requirement and standard design and specifications;
5. that the all work related to public health shall be carried out under the supervision
of the registered plumber with the competent authority;
6. that I/we shall be solely responsible for the construction as per the structural
design and specifications certified by a civil engineer / structural engineer.
7. that I/we shall provide public health facilities, sewerage, solid waste and electrical
facilities as per norms.
8. that I/we shall occupy the building only after obtaining the completion certificate
and occupation certificate from the competent authority.
9. that if there is any change in planning and design of building, the construction
shall be carried out only after the prior approval of revised building plan from the
competent authority.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1816
156
10. that I/we shall abide by the term and conditions laid down in the Change of Land
Use or allotment letter.
11. that I/we will not obstruct any official or authorized person from entering the
premises for inspection purposes;
12. That I/we shall furnish the Certificate of conformity to regulation and structural
safety, as applicable depending upon the type and height of building;
13. that structural design shall be prepared by the Structural Engineer, and
construction shall be supervised by following Architect or Engineer or both as the
case may be.
14. that all plans and drawings shall be submitted along with an un-editable Compact
Disc/DVD or any other electronic medium permissible by competent authority in
addition to hard copies of plans.
15. that I/we shall abide to obtain all required NOC's from concerned departments, if
any.
16. that I/we shall abide to pay the scrutiny fees and other applicable charges and
shall also pay any dues as may be found payable at any stage.
17. That, where applicable, I/we shall provide a Certificate of Conformity of design
as per Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code, 2016 (as per its notification)
A. Architect:
i.
Name of Architect:
ii.
Council of Architecture Registration No. ____, valid upto____________.
iii.
Empanelment No. (in case of self-certification):
iv.
Complete Address:
v.
E-Mail:
vi.
Mobile no.:
B. Engineer:
i.
Name of Engineer:
ii.
Qualifications:
iii.
Registration No.:
iv.
Complete Address:
v.
E-Mail:
vi.
Mobile no.:
C. Design Professional of ECBC:
i.
Name of Design Professional:
ii.
Qualifications:
iii.
Registration/ Empanelment No.:
iv.
Complete Address:
v.
E-Mail:
vi.
Mobile no.:
Dated __________
Enclosures Signature of applicant
i.
Complete Address:
ii.
E-Mail:
iii.
Mobile no.:
*strike out whichever is not applicable
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1817
157
Annexure 2
FORM B
[See rule 6(1)(iv)]
STRUCTURE SAFETY CERTIFICATE
(To be submitted along with the building application in Form „A‟ duly signed by the Architect
and the Structural Engineer as applicable)
Details of the building for which the certificate is issued
Plot/ Site Location_________________________________________
City/Town/Village ________________________________________
District__________________________________________________
Name of the owner ________________________________________
Complete address of the owner _______________________________
Building Plan:
i. Name of Architect:
ii. Council of Architecture Registration No. ____, valid up to __________.
iii. Complete Address
iv. E-mail
v. Mobile no.
Structural Design:
i. Name of Engineer:
ii. Qualifications:
iii. Complete Address
iv. E-mail
v. Mobile no.
Certificate
It is hereby certified that the building plans submitted in Form A for the above-detailed plot,
are in accordance with the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and the approved zoning
plan of the plot/site. The structure design has been prepared in compliance with the
provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016 and all relevant Indian Standard
Code including Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) Codes for structures resistant to
earthquakes and other natural hazards. Due consideration has been given to the local soil
conditions, its load bearing capacity and the underground water table etc while preparing the
design.
Dated________________
Signature of Owner
Mobile no.____________
E-mail_______________
Signature of Architect Signature of Engineer/Structural Engineer
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1818
158
Annexure 3
FORM C
[See rule 6(1)(v)]
SPECIFICATIONS
The materials to be used in the construction to be clearly specified under the following heads:-
Items Specifications:
1. Foundations
2. Walls
3. Damp-proof course
4. Floors
5. Roofs
6. Windows and Doors and other wood-work
7. Steel work
8. Internal finish
9. External finish
Signature of applicant
Signature of Architect/Engineer
i. Complete Address
ii. E-Mail
iii. Mobile no.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1819
159
Annexure 4
FORM D
[See rule 13]
INTIMATION FOR SANCTION/REJECTION OF THE BUILDING PLAN
From
The Competent Authority,
To___________
Memorandum No. _________________
Dated___________
Reference is invited to your application for permission to erect/re-erect/add to/alter a building on
site no.or khasra no.______________________in accordance with the plans submitted
therewith.
Your application is hereby:
(i) Sanction for the aforesaid construction under rule 13 of the Punjab Urban Unified Building
Rules, 2025;
(ii) Rejected for reasons given hereunder:-
(iii) Sanction subject to the following amendments:-
(iv) Returned for removal of the following defects:-
Enclosures;
Signature & Seal of Competent Authority
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1820
160
Annexure 5
FORM E
[See rules 14 and 58(5)(5)]
FORM FOR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
To,
____________________,
____________________,
Sir,
I/ we hereby give notice that the erection/ re-erection/ addition/ alteration of the building on
plot no.______, block no.______, street/ road and in colony/ Sector no.______, shall be
commenced on ____________ (date) as per your permission granted vide memo
no._____________ dated ____________ under the supervision of _____________________
Architect (Registration No._______________)/ Engineer, and in accordance with the sanctioned
plans.
Date: ______________
Place: ______________
Signature of Applicant/Owner
Name of the Applicant_____________
Permanent Address_______________
Temporary Address _______________
Telephone No. ___________________
Mobile No. ______________________
E-mail address ___________________
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1821
161
Annexure 6
FORM F
[See rule (11)]
NOTICE OF COMPLETION AND PART COMPLETION
From _______________
To
The
Competent Authority
Sir,
1/we hereby given you notice that the building/ part of the building described below, and
sanctioned with your order no____________Dated ________ has been completed on
______________________________________________________ in all respect, in accordance
with the provision of the The Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act 1995
and rules made thereunder; or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act,
1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be,
and sanctioned plans and suggested modification has carried out.
A Completion Certificate from the Architect /Civil Engineer who supervised the
construction of the building, along with a completion certificate from the registered plumber, is
enclosed herewith.
You are kindly requested to permit me/us to completion and convey the building as
required by rule 11 of the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025.
DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING
Area ________________________________
Site no________House no._______________
Khasrano.___________,Village___________
Signature of the Applicant
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1822
162
Annexure 7
FORM G
[See rule (11)]
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER
I/ we hereby certify that the following work ____________________________ (insert
full particulars of work) has been supervised by me/us and has been completed to my/our
satisfaction in accordance with the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and
Development Act, 1995 (P.A. No.11 of 1995) or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal
Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as
the case may be, and the rules made thereunder and sanctioned plans.
The workmanship and all the material used for construction conform to the specifications
laid down in the National Building Code of India, 2016. No provision of the Punjab Regional
and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 (P.A. No. 11 of 1995) and the rules made
thereunder, or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and
Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be, and nor
requisition made, condition prescribed or under issued thereunder, has been contravened in the
course of the work.
Area ________________________________
Site no________House no.______________
Khasrano.___________,Village___________
Particulars of the work___________________
Signature of Architect:
Complete Address___________________
E-mail:____________________________
Mobile no._________________________
Signature of Engineer
Complete Address___________________
E-mail:____________________________
Mobile no._________________________
Note: In case of buildings more than 21 metres in height (including stilt), the supervision of
building shall be undertaken by both i.e. the Architect and the Engineer.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1823
163
Annexure 8
FORM H
[See rules 11(3), 11(4)and 58(5)]
COMPLETION/ PARTIAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE FROM COMPETENT
AUTHORITY
From
The Competent Authority,
To____________________________
Memorandum No. __________________________
Dated:
Whereas
has given Notice of completion of the building
described below;
I hereby:-
(1)
Grant permission for the completion/ partial completion and/or use of the said building;
Or
(2)
Refuse permission for the completion/ partial completion and/or use of the said building
for reasons stated below:-
Description of building
Area _______________________________
Site no________House no.______________
Khasrano.___________,Village__________
Signature & Seal of Competent Authority
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1824
164
Annexure 9
FORM I
[See rule (12)]
NOTICE OF PERMISSION TO OCCUPY
From _______________
(Full Name & Address of Applicant)
To
Competent Authority
Sir /Madam,
1/we hereby given you notice that the building / part of the building described below, and
sanctioned with your order no____________Dated ________ has been completed on
______________________________________________________ in all respect according to
the provision of the The Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act 1995 and
rules made thereunder; or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976,
and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be, as
well as sanctioned plans and suggested modification has carried out.
The Completion Certificate issued with your order no_____Dated____ is attached herewith.
Kindly permit me/us to occupy the said building(s) as required by rule 12 of the Punjab Unified
Building Rules, 2025.
DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING
Area ________________________________
Site no________House no.______________
Khasrano.___________,Village___________
Signature of the Applicant
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1825
165
[See rules (2)and 58(5)]
PERMISSION FOR OCCUPANCY OR USE OF THE BUILDING
From
The Competent Authority,
To____________________________
Memorandum No. __________________________
Dated:
Whereas
has given notice of completion of the building described
below;
I hereby:-
(1)
Grant permission for the occupation and/or use of the said building(s); Or
(2)
Refuse permission for the occupation and/or use of the said building for the reasons
stated below:-
Description of building
Area ________________________________
Site no________House no.______________
Khasrano.___________,Village___________
Signature & Seal of Competent Authority
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1826
Annexure 11
FORM K
[See rule 58(1)]
Application For Water Connection
To
The Competent Authority
Sir,
I/We hereby apply for a water connection in my/our ……..........
I/We have read the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and undertake to abide by all provisions
therein.
The particulars are given below:-
1. Name of Area ……….. Road……… Building/Plot/ House No. …………….
2. Name of owner ………………. Son of ……………………………
3. Name of applicant ……………………. Son of …………………….
4. Size of ferrule ……………… Number of taps required…………………
5. Name of registered Plumber through whom the work executed …………………….
Instructions :-
The application should be submitted either by the owner or by a such person who has been
authorized to do so by the owner who would be held responsible for the payment of water
charges etc.
Date…………….
Signature of applicant …….............……
Father's name ……………………..........
Address ………………….…………........
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1827
167
FORM L
[See rule 59(1)]
Application For Sewerage Connection
To
The Competent Authority
Sir,
I/We hereby apply for a sewerage connection in my/our ……..
I/We have read the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and do undertake to abide by all
provisions therein.
The particulars are given below:-
1. Name of Area ……….. Road……… Building/ House No. …………….
2. Name of owner ………………. Son of ……………………………
3. Name of applicant ……………………. Son of …………………….
4. Number of seat………………… Size of line ………………….......
5. Name of registered Plumber through whom the work executed …………………….
Instructions:-
The application should be submitted either from the owner or by a such person who has been
authorized to do so by the owner who would be held responsible for the payment of water
charges etc.
Date…………….
Signature of applicant ……..............…..
Father's name ……………………..........
Address ……………………………........
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1828
168
Annexure 13
[See rule 5, 7 and 11]
Qualification and Competence of Technical Personnel for Preparations of Schemes for
Building Permit and Supervision
General
Building or Development work for which permission is sought, shall be planned, designed and
supervised by registered professionals. The registered professionals for carrying out the various
activities shall be:
Architect, Engineer, Structural engineer, Town planner, Landscape architect, Urban
designer, Supervisor. Requirements of registration or license for these professionals by the
Authority or by the body governing such profession and constituted under a statute, as applicable
to practice within the local body‘s jurisdiction, are given in items 1 to 7 of the following table:
(items 8-10 Plumber, Electrician and Fire Consultant may not need registration)
Serial
No.
Professional Qualification
Competence/Function
Role/Responsibilities
1
Architect
Registered
with
valid membership
of the Council of
Architecture, India
as
prescribed
under Architect‘s
Act 1972.
The registered architect
shall be competent to
carry
out
the
work
related
to
the
building/development
permit as given below:
(a) Prepare and sign all
plans,
sub-division/
layout
plans
and
information
connected
with
building
permit
except
engineering
services
of
multi-
storeyed/
special
buildings.
(b) Preparation
of
building
plans,
drawings and related
information
connected
with
development permit
of area up to 1
hectare for metro-
cities and 2 hectare
for other places.
(c) Issuing certificate of
supervision
for
development permit
of area up to 1
hectare for metro-
cities and 2 hectare
for
other
places.
(related to building
layout
and
other
architectural aspects)
(d) Issuing certificate of
(a) The architect should
need to help the
client
to
bring
together a team to
give
specific
services such as that
of
a
structural
engineer,
quantity
surveyor,
builder,
mechanical/electrica
l engineers, etc.
(b) During
the
construction
stage,
the architect should
be
visiting
site
periodically
for
inspections to ensure
that in general, the
work being carried
out
on
site
is
incompliance
with
architectural design
and
specifications.
Some projects may
require the services
of resident architect
(s)
on
building
project site.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1829
169
supervision
and
completion
of
all
buildings pertaining
to
architectural
aspects.
2
Engineer
Graduate in Civil
Engineering from
recognized Indian
or
foreign
university.
Registered
with
valid
membership
(Civil) of the
Institution
of
Engineers,
India.
The registered engineer
shall be competent to
carry
out
the
work
related
to
the
building/development
permit as given below:
(a) Prepare and sign
all building plans
(all
types
of
buildings),
structural
drawings
and
service plans and
information
connected
with
building permit;
(b) Preparation
of
structural
drawings, details
and calculations
of buildings on
plot up to 500
m2 and up to 5
storeys or 16 m
in
height,
all
service plans and
related
information
connected
with
development
permit of area up
to 1 hectare for
metro-cities and
2
hectare
for
other places.
(c) Issuing
certificate
of
supervision
for
development
permit of area up
to 1 hectare and
2
hectare
for
other
places
(pertaining
to
building
layout,
Building
structure,
civil
works
and
(a) Engineers are very
important members
of the design team
whose
responsibilities
are
to
assist
in
the
overall design of the
project within the
scope
of
their
specialist fields.
(b) Engineers such as
geotechnical,
structural,
(c) electrical,
mechanical, and will
so on, will carry out
various analyses and
calculations
before
arriving
at
the
optimal
design
solution
for
a
specific building.
(d) During
project
execution
stage,
engineers
should
visit
the
site
periodically
for
inspections to ensure
that in general, the
work being carried
out is in compliance
with
their
engineering
drawings, schedules
and
specifications.
They must also be
available to modify
or
re-design
their
individual aspects as
may
become
necessary.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1830
170
service
installations);
(d) Issuing
certificate
of
supervision
and
completion of all
buildings
pertaining
including
structure
and
building services.
3
Structural
Engineer
Graduate in Civil
engineering
from
recognized Indian
or
foreign
university,
or
Corporate Member
(Civil)
of
Institution
of
Engineers (India),
minimum 3 years
experience
in
structural
engineering
practice
with
designing and field
work.
NOTE :
The
3
years‘
experience shall be
relaxed to 2 years
in the case of post-
graduate degree of
recognized Indian
or
foreign
university in the
branch
of
structural
engineering.
In
case of doctorate
in
structural
engineering,
the
experience
required would be
one year.
(a) The
registered
structural
engineer
shall be competent to
prepare the structural
design, calculations
and details for all
buildings
and
undertake
their
supervision.
(b) In case of buildings
having
special
structural features, as
decided
by
the
Authority, they shall
be designed only by
Structural engineers.
4
Town
Planner
Graduate or Post-
graduate
degree in Town
and
country
planning
with
valid
Associate
Membership of the
Institute of Town
The
registered
town
planner
shall
be
competent to carry out
the work related to the
development permit as
given below:
(a) Preparation of plans
for
land
sub-
(a) Town
planner
is
responsible for the
orderliness
in
the
developmental
layout to show the
various land use.
(b) During
the
execution
stage,
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1831
171
Planners, India.
division/ layout and
related
information
connected
with
development permit
for all areas more
than 1 Hectare.
(b) Issuing of certificate
of supervision for
development of land
of all areas.
NOTE:
However,
for
land
layouts for development
permit above 5 hectare
in
area,
landscape
architect shall also be
associated, and for land
development
infrastructural services
for
roads,
water
supplies,
sewerage/drainage,
electrification, etc, the
registered engineers for
utility services shall be
associated.
Town Planners will
also ensure that the
orderliness
in
the
layout
is
not
distorted and that
the approval given is
also
adhered
to
strictly.
(c) Town planners also
carry
out
Site
Analysis Report for
building projects.
5
Landscape
Architect
Bachelor
or
Master‘s degree in
landscape
architecture
or
equivalent
from
recognized Indian
or
foreign
university
The registered landscape
architect
shall
be
competent to carry out
the
work
related
to
landscape
design
for
building/development
permit for land areas 5
hectares and above. In
case of metro-cities, this
limit of land area shall
be 2 hectares and above.
NOTE
For smaller areas below
the
limits
indicated
above,
association
of
landscape architect may
also be considered from
the point of view of
desired
landscape
development.
6
Urban
Designer
Master‘s degree in
Urban
Design
or
equivalent
from
recognized Indian
or
foreign
The
registered
urban
designer
shall
be
competent to carry out
the work related to urban
design for city areas
more than 5 hectares and
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1832
172
university.
campus area more than 2
hectares. He/She shall
also be competent to
carry out the work of
urban renewal for all
blighted/congested
areas.
NOTE
For smaller areas below
the
limits
indicated
above,
association
of
urban designer may be
considered
from
the
point of view of desired
urban design.
7
Supervisor
Diploma in Civil
engineering/
Architectural
Assistantship from
recognized
institute with 2yrs
working
experience or
Civil
Craftsmanship
from
I.T.I
with
5yrs
experience under a
qualified Architect
/Civil Engineer for
building
construction
and
supervision.
The
registered
supervisor
shall
be
competent to carry out
the work related to the
building permit as given
below:
All plans and related
information
connected
with building permit for
residential buildings on
plot up to 100 m2 and up
to two storeys or 7.5 m
in height; and
Issuing
certificate
of
supervision for buildings
as per (a).
The
role
of
the
supervisor on site is to
inspect
quality
of
materials
and
the
workmanship to ensure
that they all comply
with
drawings
and
specifications.
8
Plumber
licensed
by
the
concerned
Authority through
examination
of
candidates-
Certificate
of
training from ITI,
with
min.
2yrsexperience of
execution
of
sanitary
and
plumbing
works
under any govt.
Dept./ Local body
or
a
qualified
Architect/
Engineer.
Knowledge
of
working drawings
A
plumber
shall
be
competent to do the
following jobs:
Execution / supervision
of sanitary works up to
500 sqmt plot size and 4
storeyed buildings.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1833
and
dimensioned
sketches.
9
Electrician
As prescribed by
the
concerned
electricity
company
10
Fire
Consultant
As prescribed by
Chief Fire Officer,
Town/City
Fire
Service.
Professional Qualifications Competence
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1834
Annexure 14
Environmental Conditions for Buildings and Constructions
(CATEGORY '1': 5,000 to less than 20,000 Square meters)
Medium
S.
no.
Environmental conditions
Topography and
natural drainage
1
The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to
obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is
allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio- swales,
landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)
are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest
rain water.
Water
Conservation, Rain
Water Harvesting
and Ground Water
Recharge
2
Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted with low
flow fixtures or sensors.
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the
recharge bores (minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square
meters of built up area) is recommended. Other provisions of
rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these rules shall be
followed.
Storage and reuse of rainwater harvested should be promoted.
In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain
water should be harvested and stored for reuse.
The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from
the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide
Memo No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013; the
underground water for construction of development works in the
notified areas shall not be used.
All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.
2
(a)
At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local building
bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks
with at least 50% opening, landscape etc. would be considered as
pervious surface.
Waste
Management
3
Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in
each unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation
of waste.
Sewage: Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating
100% waste water to be installed. Treated waste water shall
be reused on site for landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and
other end-uses. Excess treated water shall be discharged as
per CPCB norms. Natural treatment systems shall be
promoted.
Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic
tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the
Ministry of Urban Development, Central Public Health and
Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO)
Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.
The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules
2016 and The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The
Plastics Waste (Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.
Energy
4
The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building
Code shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in
accordance with the notification issued vide notification
no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1835
175
from time to time.
Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the
provisions laid down in rule no. 51 & 52 of these rules.
Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the
hot water demand of the commercial and institutional
building or as per the requirement of these rules,
whichever is higher. Residential buildings are also
recommended to meet its hot water demand from solar
water heaters, as far as possible.
Air Quality and
Noise
5
Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of
Construction/ Demolition Activity of Buildings within the
State of Punjab‖ dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.
All demolition and construction waste shall be managed
as per the provisions of the Construction and Demolition
Waste Rules 2016.
For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per
National Building Code of India of India, 2016.
5(a)
The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and exhaust pipe
height shall be as per the provisions of the CPCB norms.
Green Cover
6
Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100
sq.mt. shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot.
However, for bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100
sq.mt. of plot area shall be mandatory.
The existing trees will be counted for this purpose.
Preference should be given to planting native species.
Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the
ratio 1:3 within the premises under consideration.
Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section
8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
(Category'2': 20,000 to less than 50,000 Square meters)
Medium
S.
no.
Environmental conditions
Topography and
natural drainage
1
The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to
obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is
allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio- swales,
landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)
are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest
rain water.
Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as
much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.
Water
Conservation,
Rain Water
Harvesting and
Ground Water
Recharge
2
A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and
conservation should be prepared.
Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted with low
flow fixtures or sensors.
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the
recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square
meters of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day
of total fresh water requirement shall be provided. Other
provisions of rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these
rules shall be followed.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1836
176
In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain water
should be harvested and stored for reuse.
The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from
the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide Memo
No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013; the underground
water for construction of development works in the notified areas
shall not be used.
All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.
2 (a)
At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local
building bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers,
paver blocks with at least 50% opening, landscape etc.
would be considered as pervious surface.
Waste
Management
3
Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each
unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.
Sewage: Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100%
waste water to be installed. Treated waste water shall be reused on
site for landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses.
Excess treated water shall be discharged as per CPCB norms.
Natural treatment systems shall be promoted.
Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic tanks,
shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of
Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental
Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and
Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.
The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and
The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The Plastics Waste
(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.
3 (a)
All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to
authorized recyclers for which a written tie up must be
done with the authorized recyclers.
3 (b)
Organic
waste
compost/
Vermiculturepit
with
a
minimumcapacity of 0.3 kg/person/day must be installed.
Energy
4
The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code
shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with
the notification issued vide notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856
dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended from time to time.
Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the
provisions laid down in rule no. 53 of these rules.
Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot
water demand of the commercial and institutional building or
as per the requirement of these rules, whichever is higher.
Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot
water demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.
4 (a) Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other
construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the
construction material quantity. These include flyash bricks, hollow
bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, compressed earth
blocks, and other environment friendly materials.
Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as
per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September, 1999
as amended from time to time.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1837
177
Air Quality and
Noise
5
Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of Construction
/Demolition Activity of Buildings within the State of Punjab‖
dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.
All demolition and construction waste shall be managed as per the
provisions of the Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per National
Building Code of India, 2016.
5 (a)
The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and
exhaust pipe height shall be as per the provisions of the
CPCB norms.
Green Cover
6
Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100 sq.mt.
shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot. However, for
bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100 sq.mt. of plot area
shall be mandatory.
The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference
should be given to planting native species.
Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the ratio
1:3 within the premises under consideration.
Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section 8 of
the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
Top Soil
preservation
and reuse
7
Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas
proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.
It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and
reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.
Transport
8
A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices
guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-
motorized, public, and private networks.
Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,
and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these
basic criteria.
1. Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic.
2. Traffic calming measures.
3. Proper design of entry and exit points.
4. Parking norms as per local regulation.
(Category '3': 50000 to 150000 sq.mt.)
Medium
S.
no.
Environmental conditions
Topography and
natural drainage
1
The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
No construction shall be allowed to obstruct the natural drainage
through the site. No construction is allowed on wetland and water
bodies. Check dams, bio-swales, landscape, and other sustainable
urban drainage systems (SUDS) are allowed for maintaining the
drainage pattern and to harvest rain water.
Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as
much as possible.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1838
178
Minimum cutting and filling should be done.
Water
Conservation,
Rain Water
Harvesting and
Ground Water
Recharge
2
A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and
conservation should be prepared.
Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted. Low flow
fixtures or sensors are used to promote water conservation.
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the
recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square
meters of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day
of total fresh water requirement shall be provided. Other
provisions of rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these
rules shall be followed.
In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain water
should be harvested and stored for reuse.
The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from
the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide Memo
No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013, the underground
water for construction of development works in the notified areas
shall not be used.
All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.
2 (a)
At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local building
bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with
at least 50% opening, landscape etc. would be considered as
pervious surface.
2 (b)
Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual
plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate
recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be
done.
Solid Waste
Management
3
Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each
unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.
The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and
The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The Plastics Waste
(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.
3 (a)
All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized
recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the authorized
recyclers.
3 (b)
Organic waste composter/Vermiculture pit with a minimum capacity
of 0.3 kg/person/day must be installed.
Sewage
Treatment
Plant
4
Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water
to be installed. Treated waste water shall be reused on site for
landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess
treated water shall be discharged as per CPCB norms.
Natural treatment systems shall be promoted.
Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic tanks,
shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of
Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental
Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and
Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.
Energy
5
The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code
shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1839
179
the notification issued vide notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856
dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended from time to time.
Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the
provisions laid down in rule no. 53 of these rules.
Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot
water demand of the commercial and institutional building or
as per the requirement of these rules, whichever is higher.
Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot
water demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.
5 (a) Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other
construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the
construction material quantity. These include flyash bricks, hollow
bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, compressed earth
blocks, and other environment friendly materials.
Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as
per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September, 1999
as amended from time to time.
Air Quality and
Noise
6
Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of Construction
/Demolition Activity of Buildings within the State of Punjab‖
dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.
All demolition and construction waste shall be managed as per the
provisions of the Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per National
Building Code of India, 2016.
6 (a)
The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and exhaust pipe
height shall be as per the provisions of the CPCB norms.
Green Cover
7
Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100 sq.mt.
shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot. However, for
bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100 sq.mt. of plot area
shall be mandatory.
The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference
should be given to planting native species.
Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the ratio
1:3 within the premises under consideration.
Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section 8 of
the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
Top Soil
preservation
and reuse
8
Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas
proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.
It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and
reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.
Transport
9
A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices
guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-
motorized, public, and private networks.
Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,
and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these
basic criteria.
1. Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic.
2. Traffic calming measures.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1840
180
3. Proper design of entry and exit points.
4. Parking norms as per local regulation.
Environment
Management Plan
10
An environmental management plan (EMP) shall be prepared and
implemented to ensure compliance with the environmental
conditions specified in item number 1 to 9 above. A dedicated
Environment
Monitoring
Cell
with
defined
functions
and
responsibility shall be put in place to implement the EMP. The
environmental cell shall ensure that the environment infrastructure
like Sewage Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain Water Harvesting,
Energy
efficiency
and
conservation,
water
efficiency
and
conservation, solid waste management, renewable energy etc. are
kept operational and meet the required standards. The environmental
cell shall also keep the record of environment monitoring and those
related to the environment infrastructure.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1841
181
Annexure 15
[See rule 57]
Sr
No.
Conditions to be checked
Category of the
Project
1
The project proponent shall get it certified from the approved
consultant of the PPCB/Qualified Building Environment
Auditor regarding installation of sewage treatment plant (STP)
and adequacy of disposal system and shall ensure that the
treated sewage shall conform to the norms and standards
prescribed by Punjab Pollution Control Board or any other
statutory authority for such discharges.
Category 1, 2 &
3
2
The project proponent shall adopt only the authorized mode of
disposal and shall not use any illegal mode of disposal for
treated wastewater.
Category 1, 2 &
3
3
The project proponent shall form Environment Monitoring
Committee for supervising and monitoring the environment
related conditions of the building permission.
Category 3
4
The project proponent shall make provisions for the housing of
construction labour within the site with all necessary
infrastructure and facilities such as fuel for cooking, mobile
toilets, mobile STP, Safe drinking water and medical health care
etc. The housing may be in the form to temporary structure and
it shall be removed after the completion of the project.
Category 1, 2 &
3
5
The project proponent shall comply with the Construction and
Demolition Rules, 2016.
Category 1, 2 &
3
6
The project proponent shall provide dual plumbing line for use
of the treated wastewater for flushing purpose and shall provide
other measures like providing fixtures for showers, toilet
flushing and drinking of low flow either by use of aerators or
pressure reducing devices or sensor based control, for
conservation of groundwater.
Category 2 & 3
7
The project proponent shall use only treated wastewater for
construction purpose and to reduce the water demand during
construction, the project proponent shall make use of premixed
concrete, curing agents and other best practices referred
Category 1, 2 &
3
8
The project proponent shall hire vehicles of good condition for
bringing construction material to the site of the project and
ensure that all these vehicles shall conform to applicable air,
noise and emission standards and shall only be operated during
non-peak hours.
Category 1, 2 &
3
9
The project proponent shall ensure that ambient noise levels
shall conform to prescribed standards both during day and night
times. The ambient air and noise quality should be closely
monitored during construction and operation phase.
Category 1, 2 &
3
10
The project proponent shall make provision of the budget for
carrying out long lasting and public utility activities under the
corporate social responsibility with the advice of District
Administration.
Category 2& 3
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1842
182
Annexure 16
[See rule 57]
1)
Environmental Cell at the level of Development Authority:
An Environmental Cell shall be setup at the development authority level to support
compliance and monitoring of environmental conditions in buildings. The Cell shall also
provide assistance in environmental planning and capacity building within their
jurisdiction. The responsibility of this cell would be monitoring the implementation of
this notification and providing an oversight to the Third-Party Auditing process. The cell
will operate under the development authority.
2)
Constitution of the cell:
The cell will comprise of at least 3 dedicated experts in following fields:
1. Waste management (solid and liquid)
2. Water conservation and management
3. Resource efficiency including Building materials
4. Energy Efficiency and renewable energy
5. Environmental planning including air quality management.
6. Transport planning and management.
The Cell shall induct at least two outside experts as per the requirements and background
of dedicated experts. Existing environmental cells at the level of local authority can be
co-opted and trained for this Cell.
3)
Financial Support:
An additional fee may be charged along with processing fee for building permission for
integrating environmental conditions and it‘s monitoring. The local authority can fix and
revise this additional fee from time to time. The amount of this fee shall be deposited in a
separate bank account, and used for meeting the requirement of salary / emoluments of
experts and running the system of online application, verifications and the Environmental
Cell.
4)
Functions of the Cell:
The cell shall be responsible for assessing and appraising the environmental concerns of
the area under their jurisdiction where building activities are proposed. The Cell can
evolve and propose additional environmental conditions as per requirements. These
conditions may be area specific and shall be notified in advance from time to time. These
additional conditions shall be approved following a due consultation process. These
environmental conditions will be integrated in building permissions by the sanctioning
authority.
Develop and maintain an online system for application and payment of fees. The Cell
shall maintain an online database of all applications received, projects approved, the
compliance audit report, random inspections made. The Cell shall maintain a portal for
public disclosure of project details including self-certification and compliance audit
reports filed by the Qualified Building Environment Auditors for public scrutiny of
compliance of environmental conditions by the project.
Monitoring the work of Environmental Audit process carried by the Qualified Building
Auditors.
The Cell shall review the applications; finalize the additional environmental conditions if
required within 30 days of the submission of the application to the local authority.
The Cell shall adopt risk based random selection of projects for verifying on site for
certification of QBA, compliance of environmental conditions and five yearly audit
report.
The Cell shall recommend to the local authority for financial penalty for non-compliance
of environmental conditions by the project proponent.
The Cell shall recommend to the accrediting body and the local authority against any
Qualified Building Environment Auditor, if any lapse is found in their work.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1843
183
Annexure 17
[See rule 57]
1)
Accreditation of Environmental Auditors (Qualified Building Auditors)
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), through qualified
agencies shall accredit the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs). The
Qualified Building Environment Auditors could be a firm / organization or an individual
expert, who fulfils the requirements. The Ministry will implement this process of
accreditation through Quality Council of India (QCI), National Productivity Council or
any other organization identified by the Government. The organizations like Indian Green
Building Council, Bureau of Energy Efficiency etc. can also be associated in the process
of accreditation, training, and renewal. The environmental consultants accredited by the
QCI for building sector will be qualified as QBEAs. The QBEAs will meet the following
criteria. The accrediting agency can improvise on these criteria.
2)
Qualifications of the Auditor:
Education: Architect (Degree or Diploma), Town Planners (Degree), Civil Engineer /
Mechanical Engineer (Degree or Diploma), PG in Environmental Science or any other
qualification as per the scheme of the accreditation.
3)
Training:
Mandatory training to be given by the accreditation body or their approved training
providers. This will be as per the scheme of the accreditation.
4)
Experience:
At least 3 years of work experience in the related field or building sector Environment
Impact Assessment consultants accredited by QCI or any other experience criteria as per
the scheme of the accreditation.
5)
Infrastructure and equipment:
As per the scheme of the accreditation
6)
Renewal:
The accreditation will be valid for 5 years and will be renewed as per the process
developed under the accreditation scheme.
Accountability/Complaint redressal mechanism: Any complaints regarding the quality of
the work of QBEAs shall be made to the accreditation body. The accreditation body shall
evaluate the complaint and take appropriate action including black listing or cancellation
of the accreditation with wide public notice. This will be in addition to the action at the
level of local authority for penalty and blacklisting. The Ministry can also take such
action in case of specific complaint or feedback.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1844
184
Annexure 18
Form M
[See rule 61]
FORM OF APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS PLUMBER
From___________
(Full Name & Address of Applicant)
To
The Authorized Officer,
Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority.
Sir /Madam,
I hereby apply for registration to practise as plumber to enable me to submit building
plans and supervise building construction within the jurisdiction of .
I hold necessary qualifications enabling me for getting registration with the Punjab
Urban Planning and Development Authority. Copies of certificates/ testimonials duly
attested by a gazetted officer are enclosed herewith.
A demand draft No. Amounting to Rs.
In favour of
(Indicate designation of
Authorized Officer is enclosed here with as registration fee for the period of
.
Yours faithfully,
Place:
Name__________________
Dated:
Full Address_____________
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1845
185
Annexure 19
FORM N
[See rule61]
FORM OF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OF PLUMBERS
Registration No.
Dated:
The
certificate
of
registration
is
hereby
granted
to
(Name)__________
son
of
___________________ resident of _____________________ for performing the duties of a
Plumber under the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025.
The certificate of registration is being issued subject to the following terms and conditions,
namely:-
(i)
The certificate shall remain valid for a period of five years from the date of its issue;
(ii)
It shall be renewable upon submission of a fresh application along with the prescribed
fee, provided the application is submitted at least one month before the expiry date of
previous registration;
(iii)
The certification will be operative in the areas where the Punjab Unified Building
Rules, 2025 are in force;
(iv)
It shall not be used for any purpose other than the purposes specified under the Punjab
Unified Building Rules, 2025.
(v)
The Authorized Officer reserves the right to withdraw or cancel the certificate at any
time during its validity if it is found, that:
(a) The Plumber has provided any false information in his application for registration;
(b) The Plumber has violated any terms and conditions of registration or any provision of
the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 or any rule
made thereunder.
Place:
Authorized Officer
Dated:
(Signature & Seal)
For Office Use Only
Serial No.
Date of renewal
Date
upto
which
renewed
Signature
of
Authorized Officer
Note: Strike down whichever is not applicable.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1846
186
Annexure 20
Schedule
[See rule 62]
Qualification for registration of Plumber
One of the following qualifications shall be essential for registration as a plumber,
namely,-
1. A person holding a one-year certificate in plumbing from any Industrial Training
Institute recognized by the State Government; or
2. A person already registered as a plumber with any local authority or statutory
body of the Government of Punjab; or
3. A person having ten years of practical experience in sanitary installation with a
firm of repute or under a registered plumber.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1847
187
Annexure 21
[See rule 43(7)]
INDEMNITY BOND FOR BASEMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING
This Indemnity Bond is executed by Shri/Smt.…………………………………………...........
S/o, D/o, W/o Shri/Smt…………….……… R/o………………………….in favour of the
competent Authority.
Whereas the executant has submitted to the competent Authority the plans for sanction of
basement over Plot No………………… under the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town
Planning and Development Act, 1995 and building rules made there under or Punjab Municipal
Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922,
and rules made thereunder; as the case may be,:-
And whereas the competent authority has agreed to sanction the aforesaid construction subject to
the conditions that the owner shall indemnify the competent authority in the event of any loss or
damage being caused to the adjoining building(s) on account of the construction of the said
basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or in the course of its construction or
even thereafter and also against any claim of any concern thereto.
And whereas the executant has agreed to execute an indemnity bond to the above affect and also
to abide by the terms imposed by the competent authority to the grant of sanction for
construction of the basement.
Now this deed witnesses as follows:
1. that in consideration of the sanction of the plans by…………………………… for
construction of the basement, the executant undertakes that he/she shall at all times keep
the Competent Authority harmless and free from any liability, loss or damages/ flowing
from any injury or damage caused to the adjoining built-up properties or to any person as a
consequence of the construction of at the time of digging of its foundations or during the
course of its construction or at any time thereafter.
2. that the owner agrees and undertakes that, in the event of any claim being made by any
person or person(s) against the competent authority either in respect of the sanction granted
by the competent authority to the owner for the construction of basement or in respect of
the construction or manner of construction of the basement by the owner or the
consequences flowing from the said sanction the executant shall be responsible and liable
and not the competent authority.
3. that the executant agrees and undertake to indemnify the competent authority fully in
respect of any amount which the competent authority may be required to pay to any person
either by way of compensation or damages or on any other account as a result of any claim
or suit or any other proceedings concerning the sanctioning of the construction of the
basement of the making thereof and also in respect of the costs and expenses which the
competent authority may incur on defending any action.
4. that without prejudice to the above undertaking, the executant hereby binds itself to pay to
the competent authority to the full extent any amount which the competent authority may
be required to pay to any person in connection with, relating to or concerning the
sanctioning of the basement or the making thereof.
5. that the owner further agrees and undertakes that this bond shall remain in full force and
effect till the executant has faithfully observes or performs the undertakings herein before
contained.
In witness whereof, the executant above named has signed this bond on this ……………........
day of …………………..at………………………………………
Indemnifier
Witness:
(Signatures)……………………
Name……………………
Full Address………………
(Signatures)………………………….
Name……………………………
Full Address…………………….
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1848
188
Annexure 22 beyond MC Limits
[See rule 22 to 27]
List of rates for purchasable Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio
Sr.
No.
Category
of
Building
Refer
Table
Rate
for
Addition
Ground
Coverage
Rate for Additional Floor
Area Ratio
I. Residential
Plots or Villas
Table
2
Additional
Ground Coverage
Rate
per
sq.m
of
collector
rates
For First 2.5%
5%
For the next 2.5%
10%
For the next 2.5%
15%
For
the
next
remaining area
25%
Additional
FAR
Rate per
sq.m of
collector
rates
For First 0.25
5%
For the next
0.25
10%
For the next
0.25
15%
For the next
remaining area
25%
II. Group Housing
or
Studio
Apartment
Table
4
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate
per
sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
III. Convenient
Shopping
or
Neighbourhood
Shopping
Plotted with in
approved layout
plan
Table
9
-
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
IV. Commercials
such
as
Shopping Mall
or
Shopping
Complex or a
Building
primarily
used
for Display and
Sale
of
Merchandise or
any
similar
purpose
Table
10
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
V. Miniplex
Table
11
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
VI. Multiplex
Table
12
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1849
remaining
area
10%
higher.
VII. Hotel or Motel
Table
13
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
VIII. Mix Land Use
Project
Table
14
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth (¼) of the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
IX. Club
Table
15
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
X. Guest House or
Lodging
&
Boarding
or
Service
Apartments
or
Sarai
or
Dharmshala
Table
16
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XI. Wholesale
Trade
or
Integrated
Freight
complex
(Standalone)
Table
18
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
For
First
2.5%
5%
For the next
2.5%
10%
For the next
2.5%
15%
For the next
remaining
area
25%
-
XII. Warehouse
or
Godown
(Standalone)
Table
19
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XIII. Low
Rise
Industry
(Plotted
Industry)
Table
20
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
For
First
2.5%
5%
For the next
2.5%
10%
For the next 15%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1850
190
2.5%
For the next
remaining
area
25%
XIV.
High
Rise
Industry
Table
21
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate
per
sq.m
of
collector
rates
For First 2.5%
5%
For
the
next
2.5%
10%
For
the
next
2.5%
15%
For
the
next
remaining area
25%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XV.
Pre Nursery or
Nursery School
or Crèche
Table
22
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XVI.
Primary School
(class 1 to 5)
Table
23
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XVII.
High / Senior
secondary
school
or
College
or
Educational
Institute
or
Universities.
Table
24
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XVIII.
Hospital,
Nursing Home,
Dispensary,
Medical
Laboratory
Table
25
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XIX.
Community
Centre,
Public
Concert Hall or
Auditorium, or
Public
Exhibition
Table
27
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 2.5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XX.
Museum
or
Gymnasium
Table
27
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1851
191
area
XXI. Public Offices
Table
29
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XXII. Convention
Centre
Table
30
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
XXIII. Meetings,
Incentives,
Conferences,
and Exhibitions
(MICE)
Table
31
Additional
Ground
Coverage
Rate per sq.m
of
collector
rates
First 5%
5%
remaining
area
10%
one-fourth
(¼)
of
the
collector rates or one-fourth
(¼) of the auctioned or
allotment price, whichever is
higher.
Note: In the case of sites allotted or auctioned by the Government, Development Authorities, or
Government Agencies, these charges shall be applicable only to newly allotted or auctioned sites
or plots. However, for sites allotted or auctioned prior to the notification of these rules, the
charges shall be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the respective allotment or
auction letters or by these rules, whichever is higher.
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1852
192
Annexure 23- Within MC Limits
[See rule 31 to 38]
1. Rates for availing purchasable Ground Coverage
Additional Ground Coverage
Rate per sq.m of collector rates.
For First 5%
5%
For the remaining area
10%
2. Rates for availing purchasable Floor Area Ratio
Sr.
No.
Category of Building
Rate for Additional Floor Area Ratio
I. Residential Plotted
Additional FAR
Rate per sq.m of collector
rates.
For First 0.25 FAR
5%
For the next 0.25 FAR
10%
For the next 0.25 FAR
15%
For the next remaining area 25%
II. Other Categories
One-fourth (¼) of the collector rates
III. Walled City or Core area
For Hotels
10% of the collector rates for Ground Floor
2% of the collector rates for each subsequent Floor
For Commercial
5% of the collector rates for Ground Floor
1% of the collector rates for each subsequent Floor
3. Rates for availing exemption in parking (in walled city and core areas)
S. No. Master Plan Area
Rate per ECS
I.
SAS Nagar, New Chandigarh
₹ 5,00,000/-
II.
Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Amritsar, Zirakpur, Dera
Bassi, Banur, Kharar, Nayagaon, Lalru
₹ 3,00,000/-
III.
Rest of Area
₹ 2,00,000/-
Notes:
(a) The aforementioned charges shall be utilized for the development and
enhancement of city-level transport infrastructure.
(b) An annual compoundable increase of 5% shall be applied to the above charges,
effective on the 1st of April each year.
4. Rates for availing exemption in EWS Dwelling Units (Group Housing)
Equivalent to the collector rates of Dwelling units.
Note: In the case of sites allotted or auctioned by the Government, Development Authorities, or
Government Agencies, these charges shall be applicable only to newly allotted or auctioned sites
or plots. However, for sites allotted or auctioned prior to the notification of these rules, the
charges shall be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the respective allotment or
auction letters or by these rules, whichever is higher.”
PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)
1853
Annexure 24
[see rule 41]
AFFIDAVIT CUM DECLARATION
I, ___________ S/O ___________ R/O ___________ Proprietor/ Authorized Signatory of
___________ having its proposed Location at Village___________ Tehsil ___________
District___________ do hereby solemnly affirm & declare as under :-
1. That CLU/ allotement for ___________ was granted by ___________ at Village
___________ Tehsil___________, District. ___________ vide Memo No. ___________.
Now, I have applied for approval of Zoning & Building Plans for ___________ with the
office of ________________________.
2. That I have submitted the Detail Project Report (DPR) with details of Proposed
Workforce as under:-
• Officers Male: ___________ Nos.
• Officers Female: ___________ Nos.
• Labour Male: ___________ Nos.
• Labour Female: ___________ Nos.
3. That I have submitted Zoning & Building Plans to competent authority with workforce
detailed as per Detail Project Report submitted to them, and I undertake that if there is any
deviation in proposed employment at the time of functioning of factory, I shall immediately
apply for revision of Zoning & Building Plan with the office of the competent authority.
4. That I further undertake that I shall be fully responsible for applying revision of the Zoning
& Building Plans if there is any deviation in recruitment of staff from Detail Project
Report submitted to the competent authority and as stated in Para-2 of this Affidavit-cum-
declaration.
Place:
Name__________________
Dated:
Full Address_____________
VIKAS GARG
Principal Secretary to Government of Punjab,
Department of Housing and Urban Development
3583/12-2025/Pb. Govt. Press, S.A.S. Nagar
Sd/-